Improve skeleton docstrings
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob8a1d65248c69bfe9a611b0d8ba4e7b7571956c92
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22387 39328 255705 281000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22387 39328
69 ;;;;;; 275705 210000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22387 39328
89 ;;;;;; 277705 202000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22387 39328
100 ;;;;;; 278705 199000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22387 39328 622703
112 ;;;;;; 971000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22387 39327
242 ;;;;;; 270708 798000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22387 39326 533711 429000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
476 indented.
478 \(fn)" t nil)
480 ;;;***
482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22387 39326 536711 418000))
483 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
486 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
487 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
489 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
491 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
493 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
494 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
496 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
497 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
499 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
500 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 \(fn)" nil nil)
504 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
505 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
507 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
508 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
509 file variable `allout-layout'.
511 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
512 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
513 specified layout is applied.
515 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
516 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
518 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 Auto-layout is not.
521 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
523 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
558 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 \(fn)" nil t)
562 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
563 Toggle Allout outline mode.
564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
568 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
569 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
570 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
571 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
572 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
573 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
574 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 outline.)
577 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
579 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
580 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
581 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
582 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
583 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
584 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
585 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
586 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
588 and many other features.
590 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
591 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
592 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
593 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
594 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
596 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
597 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
598 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
599 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
600 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
601 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
602 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
603 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
604 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
605 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 Exposure Control:
608 ----------------
609 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
611 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
613 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 Navigation:
616 ----------
617 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
620 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
625 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
626 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
629 Topic Header Production:
630 -----------------------
631 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
635 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
636 ---------------------------------
637 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
638 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
639 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
640 current topic
641 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
642 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
643 are alternated according to nesting depth.
644 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
645 the offspring are not affected.
646 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
648 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
649 ----------------------------------
650 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
653 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
654 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
655 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
656 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
657 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
659 Topic-oriented Encryption:
660 -------------------------
661 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
662 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 Misc commands:
665 -------------
666 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
667 and establish a default file-var setting
668 for `allout-layout'.
669 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
670 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
672 buffer with name derived from derived from that
673 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
674 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
676 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
677 format.
678 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
679 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
680 auto-activation.
682 Topic Encryption
684 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
685 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
686 pending encryption on save.
688 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
689 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
690 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
691 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
692 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
694 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
695 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
696 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
697 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
698 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
699 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
700 signal.
702 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
703 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
704 for details.
706 HOT-SPOT Operation
708 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
709 navigation and exposure control.
711 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
712 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
713 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
714 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
715 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
717 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
718 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
719 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
720 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
721 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
723 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
724 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
725 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
726 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
727 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
728 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
729 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Extending Allout
733 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
734 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
735 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
737 `allout-mode-hook'
738 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
739 `allout-mode-off-hook'
740 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
741 `allout-structure-added-functions'
742 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
743 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
744 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
745 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Terminology
749 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
751 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
752 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
753 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
754 CURRENT ITEM:
755 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
756 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
757 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
758 called the:
759 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
761 ANCESTORS:
762 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
763 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 of the ITEM.
765 OFFSPRING:
766 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
767 SUBTOPIC:
768 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
769 CHILD:
770 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
771 SIBLINGS:
772 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
774 Topic text constituents:
776 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
777 text.
778 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
779 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
780 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
781 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
782 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
783 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
784 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
785 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
786 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
787 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 the PREFIX.
790 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 of the ITEM.
792 PREFIX-LEAD:
793 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
794 It can be customized by changing the setting of
795 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
797 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
798 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
799 program code without interfering with processing of the text
800 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
801 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
802 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
803 docstring for more detail.
804 PREFIX-PADDING:
805 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
806 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
807 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
808 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
809 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
810 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
811 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
812 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
813 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
814 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
815 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 more details.
817 EXPOSURE:
818 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
819 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
820 CONCEALED:
821 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
822 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
824 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
825 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
826 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
832 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
833 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
835 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
836 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840 ;;;***
842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22387
843 ;;;;;; 39326 534711 425000))
844 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
845 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
847 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
848 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
850 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
852 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
854 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
855 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
857 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 visiting an outline.
860 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
861 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
863 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
864 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
865 you want allout widgets operation.
867 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
869 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
871 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
873 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
874 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
879 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
880 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
881 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
883 The graphics include:
885 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
887 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
888 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
890 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
891 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
893 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
894 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
895 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
899 ;;;***
901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22578 62356 730212
902 ;;;;;; 84000))
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
905 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
907 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
908 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
909 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
910 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
911 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
912 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
914 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
916 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
919 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
921 ;;;***
923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22387 39328 255705
924 ;;;;;; 281000))
925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
927 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
928 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
929 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
930 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
931 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
932 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
933 in the current window.
935 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
937 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
938 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
939 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
940 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
941 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
942 buffer if one does not exist.
944 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
946 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
947 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
948 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
949 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
950 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
952 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
954 ;;;***
956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22387 39326 538711
957 ;;;;;; 411000))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
962 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 \(fn)" t nil)
966 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
967 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
970 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
971 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
972 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
975 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981 ;;;***
983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22387
984 ;;;;;; 39328 279705 195000))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
986 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
988 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
989 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
990 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
991 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
992 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 \\[yank].
995 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
996 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
997 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 the rules.
1000 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1001 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1002 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1003 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1007 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 \(fn)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1013 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1014 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1016 \(fn)" nil nil)
1018 ;;;***
1020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22387 39327 74709
1021 ;;;;;; 497000))
1022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1024 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1025 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1026 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1027 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1028 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1029 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1031 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1033 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1034 Toggle checking of appointments.
1035 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1036 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1040 ;;;***
1042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22387 39326 539711
1043 ;;;;;; 407000))
1044 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1046 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1047 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1048 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1049 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1051 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1052 kind of objects to search.
1054 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1056 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1057 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1058 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1059 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1060 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1061 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1063 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1064 variables, not just user options.
1066 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1070 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1071 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1072 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1157 ;;;***
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22578 62356 712212
1160 ;;;;;; 180000))
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1172 archive.
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1178 ;;;***
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22387 39326 541711 400000))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1200 The variables are:
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1247 \(fn)" t nil)
1249 ;;;***
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22387 39328
1252 ;;;;;; 519704 339000))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1257 Toggle Artist mode.
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1267 How to submit a bug report
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1274 mouse-2
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 below).
1279 mouse-1
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1281 or pastes:
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1286 to new point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1303 lines
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Paste Paste Paste
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1315 or diagonally.
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1321 poly-lines.
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 some time to fill.
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1348 Settings
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1364 Drawing with keys
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1385 Arrows
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1394 Selecting operation
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1420 Variables
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1445 Hooks
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1450 Keymap summary
1452 \\{artist-mode-map}
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1456 ;;;***
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22387 39328
1459 ;;;;;; 280705 192000))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1479 Special commands:
1480 \\{asm-mode-map}
1482 \(fn)" t nil)
1484 ;;;***
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22578
1487 ;;;;;; 62356 719212 143000))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 let-binding.")
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1497 ;;;***
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22387 39326 542711
1500 ;;;;;; 397000))
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1503 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1505 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1506 for a description of this minor mode.")
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1525 For example:
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1539 for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1560 ;;;***
1562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22387 39328
1563 ;;;;;; 280705 192000))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1569 \(fn)" t nil)
1571 ;;;***
1573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22387 39326 542711
1574 ;;;;;; 397000))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1581 \(fn)" t nil)
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1593 for a description of this minor mode.
1594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1596 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1598 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1600 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1601 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1603 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1606 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1607 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611 ;;;***
1613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22578
1614 ;;;;;; 62356 716212 159000))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1621 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 should be non-nil).
1661 \(fn)" nil nil)
1663 ;;;***
1665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22387 39326 543711
1666 ;;;;;; 393000))
1667 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1669 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1670 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1672 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1675 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1676 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1677 disk changes.
1679 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1680 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1681 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1688 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1689 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1691 \(fn)" nil nil)
1693 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1694 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1696 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1697 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1699 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1700 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1701 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1702 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1703 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1705 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1706 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1707 writing before you save the file!
1709 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1713 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1714 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1717 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1719 \(fn)" nil nil)
1721 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1722 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1723 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1724 for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1753 ;;;***
1755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22387 39326 543711 393000))
1756 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1758 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1759 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1760 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1762 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1764 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1766 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1767 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1768 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1769 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1771 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1772 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1773 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1775 Effects of the different modes:
1776 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1777 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1778 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1779 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1780 a random distance & direction.
1781 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1782 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1783 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1785 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1786 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1787 definition of \"random distance\".)
1789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1791 ;;;***
1793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22387 39328
1794 ;;;;;; 281705 188000))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1799 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1800 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1802 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1803 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1804 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1806 \\{bat-mode-map}
1808 \(fn)" t nil)
1810 ;;;***
1812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22578 62356 712212
1813 ;;;;;; 180000))
1814 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1815 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1817 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1818 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1819 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1820 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1822 \(fn)" t nil)
1824 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1825 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1826 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1827 for a description of this minor mode.
1828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1830 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1832 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1834 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1835 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1840 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1841 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1842 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1843 seconds.
1845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1847 ;;;***
1849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22387
1850 ;;;;;; 39327 272708 790000))
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1853 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1854 Time execution of FORMS.
1855 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1856 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1857 FORMS once.
1858 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1859 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1860 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1867 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1868 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1869 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1870 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1872 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1874 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1876 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1877 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1878 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1879 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1880 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1882 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1884 ;;;***
1886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22387 39328
1887 ;;;;;; 529704 303000))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1891 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1892 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1893 of corresponding buffers.
1894 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1895 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1896 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1897 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1898 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1900 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1901 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1902 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1904 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1906 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1907 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1909 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1911 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1912 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1913 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1914 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1916 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1917 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1918 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1919 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1920 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1922 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1923 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1926 Special information:
1928 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1930 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1931 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1932 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1933 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1934 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1935 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1936 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1937 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1938 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1939 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1940 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1942 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1943 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1944 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1945 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1946 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1947 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1948 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1949 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1951 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1953 ----------------------------------------------------------
1954 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1955 if that value is non-nil.
1957 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1959 \(fn)" t nil)
1961 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1962 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1963 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1964 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1965 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1966 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1967 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1968 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1969 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1970 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1971 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1972 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1974 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1976 ;;;***
1978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1979 ;;;;;; (22387 39328 527704 310000))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1982 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1983 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1985 \(fn)" t nil)
1987 ;;;***
1989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22387 39327 899706
1990 ;;;;;; 552000))
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1993 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1994 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1996 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1997 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1998 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2000 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2007 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2008 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2012 ;;;***
2014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22387 39328
2015 ;;;;;; 256705 277000))
2016 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2018 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2019 Play blackbox.
2020 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2022 What is blackbox?
2024 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2025 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2026 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2027 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2028 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2029 your score.
2031 Overview of play:
2033 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2034 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2035 four.
2037 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2038 movement keys.
2040 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2041 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2043 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2044 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2046 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2047 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2048 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2049 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2050 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2051 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2053 Details:
2055 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2057 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2058 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2059 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2060 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2062 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2063 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2064 denoted by the letter `R'.
2066 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2067 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2068 denoted by the letter `H'.
2070 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2071 example.
2073 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2074 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2075 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2076 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2077 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2078 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2079 ray.
2081 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2082 degree deflection it causes.
2085 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2088 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2095 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2096 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2109 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2110 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2111 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2112 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2113 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2114 emerging from the box.
2116 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2121 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2122 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2123 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2124 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2125 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2127 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2128 a reflection.
2130 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2132 ;;;***
2134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22387 39326 545711
2135 ;;;;;; 386000))
2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2137 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2138 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2139 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2140 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2142 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2143 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2144 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2145 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2146 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2147 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2148 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2150 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2151 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2152 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2154 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2155 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2156 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2157 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2158 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2159 recent one.
2161 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2162 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2163 yank successive words.
2165 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2166 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2167 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2168 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2169 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2171 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2172 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2173 the list of bookmarks.)
2175 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2178 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2179 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2181 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2182 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2183 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2184 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2185 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2186 ever deletes the most recent one.
2188 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2189 is nil, raise an error.
2191 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2192 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2193 yank successive words.
2195 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2196 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2197 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2198 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2199 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2201 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2202 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2203 the list of bookmarks.)
2205 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2207 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2208 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2209 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2210 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2211 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2212 this.
2214 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2215 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2216 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2217 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2219 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2220 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2222 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2223 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2224 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2226 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2229 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2231 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2233 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2234 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2236 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2237 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2238 after a bookmark was set in it.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2243 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2245 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2246 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2250 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2253 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2254 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2255 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2257 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2258 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2259 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2261 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2262 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2263 name.
2265 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2268 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2269 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2271 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2272 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2273 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2274 this.
2276 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2278 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2279 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2281 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2282 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2283 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2284 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2285 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2286 probably because we were called from there.
2288 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2291 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2293 \(fn)" t nil)
2295 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2298 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2299 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2300 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2301 \(second argument).
2303 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2304 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2305 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2306 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2307 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2309 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2310 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2311 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2312 `bookmark-default-file'.
2314 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2316 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2317 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2318 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2319 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2320 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2321 while loading.
2323 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2324 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2325 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2326 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2327 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2328 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2330 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2331 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2332 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2334 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2337 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2338 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2339 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2340 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2342 \(fn)" t nil)
2344 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2346 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2348 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2349 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2351 \(fn)" t nil)
2353 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2355 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2357 ;;;***
2359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22578 62356
2360 ;;;;;; 730212 84000))
2361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2363 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2364 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2365 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2366 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2368 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2369 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2370 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2371 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2372 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2374 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2378 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2379 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2380 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2381 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2383 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2386 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2387 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2388 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2389 narrowed.
2391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2394 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2396 \(fn)" t nil)
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2401 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2403 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2404 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2405 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2406 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2407 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2408 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2409 first, if that exists.
2411 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2412 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2413 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2414 ignore it).
2415 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2416 as ARGS.
2418 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2422 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2423 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2424 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2430 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2431 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2432 says which browser to use.
2434 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2437 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2438 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2439 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2441 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2445 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2446 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2454 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2455 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2457 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2458 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2485 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2486 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2488 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2489 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2490 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2492 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2493 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2494 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2496 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2497 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2504 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2505 Chromium.
2506 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2521 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2522 new tab in an existing window instead.
2524 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2525 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2531 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2539 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2543 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2544 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2551 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2556 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2557 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2558 program is invoked according to the variable
2559 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2561 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2562 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2563 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2564 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2567 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2575 Default to the URL around or before point.
2577 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2578 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2579 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2583 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2584 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2587 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2591 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2594 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2595 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2596 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2598 When called interactively, if variable
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2600 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2601 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2602 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2605 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2606 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2608 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2609 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2619 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2621 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2622 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2627 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2628 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2629 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2635 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2636 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2637 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2638 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2639 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2640 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2641 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2643 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2645 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2646 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2647 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2648 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2649 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2651 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2652 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2653 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2654 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2656 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2657 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2659 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2661 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2662 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2663 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2664 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2665 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2666 current one.
2668 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2669 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2670 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2671 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2673 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2674 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2676 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2678 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2679 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2680 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2681 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2682 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2683 don't offer a form of remote control.
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around or before point.
2690 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2692 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2694 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2695 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2696 Default to the URL around the point.
2698 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2699 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2701 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2702 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2704 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2706 ;;;***
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22387 39326 546711 382000))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2710 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2712 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2713 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2714 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2715 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2717 \(fn)" t nil)
2719 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2720 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2721 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2722 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2724 \(fn)" t nil)
2726 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2727 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2729 \(fn)" t nil)
2731 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2732 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2733 \\<bs-mode-map>
2734 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2735 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2736 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2737 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2739 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2740 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2741 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2742 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2743 name of buffer configuration.
2745 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2747 ;;;***
2749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22387 39328 256705
2750 ;;;;;; 277000))
2751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2753 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2754 Play Bubbles game.
2755 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2756 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2757 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2758 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2759 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2760 columns on its right towards the left.
2762 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2763 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2764 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2765 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2767 \(fn)" t nil)
2769 ;;;***
2771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2772 ;;;;;; (22387 39328 281705 188000))
2773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2775 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2777 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2778 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2786 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2790 ;;;***
2792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22387
2793 ;;;;;; 39327 276708 776000))
2794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2795 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2797 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2799 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2801 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2802 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2803 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2804 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2805 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2806 else the global value will be modified.
2808 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2810 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2811 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2812 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2813 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2814 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2815 else the global value will be modified.
2817 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2819 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2820 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2821 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2823 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2825 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2827 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2828 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2830 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2831 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2832 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2833 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2834 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2835 before scanning it.
2837 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2838 that already has a `.elc' file.
2840 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2841 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2843 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2844 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2845 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2846 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2847 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2848 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2850 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2852 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2853 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2854 Print the result in the echo area.
2855 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2859 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2860 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2861 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2863 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2865 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2866 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2867 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2868 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2869 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2870 all functions called by those functions.
2872 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2873 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2874 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2876 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2877 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2878 invoked interactively.
2880 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2882 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2883 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2884 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2885 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2887 \(fn)" nil nil)
2889 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2890 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2891 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2892 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2893 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2894 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2895 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2896 already up-to-date.
2898 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2900 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2901 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2902 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2903 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2905 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2906 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2907 and corresponding effects.
2909 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2911 ;;;***
2913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22387
2914 ;;;;;; 39327 75709 494000))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2917 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2919 ;;;***
2921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22387 39327
2922 ;;;;;; 77709 487000))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2925 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2927 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2929 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2931 ;;;***
2933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22387
2934 ;;;;;; 39327 78709 483000))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2937 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2938 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2939 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2940 from the cursor position.
2942 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2944 ;;;***
2946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22387 39327 40709 619000))
2947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2948 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2950 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2951 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2955 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2956 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2958 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2960 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2961 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2963 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2965 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2966 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2967 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2968 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2970 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2972 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2973 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2974 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2975 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2977 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2979 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2980 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2981 This is most useful in the X window system.
2982 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2983 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2985 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2987 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2988 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2989 See calc-keypad for details.
2991 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2993 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2994 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2996 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2998 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2999 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3001 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3003 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3004 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3006 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3008 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3009 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3010 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3012 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3014 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3015 Define Calc function.
3017 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3018 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3019 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3021 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3022 actual Lisp function name.
3024 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3026 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3028 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3030 ;;;***
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22387 39327
3033 ;;;;;; 30709 655000))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3036 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3039 \(fn N)" t nil)
3041 ;;;***
3043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22387 39326 549711
3044 ;;;;;; 372000))
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3047 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3048 Run the Emacs calculator.
3049 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3051 \(fn)" t nil)
3053 ;;;***
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22490 22723
3056 ;;;;;; 646600 845000))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3059 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3060 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3061 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3062 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3063 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3064 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3066 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3067 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3068 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3069 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3070 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3071 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3072 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3073 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3074 window.
3076 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3077 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3079 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3080 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3081 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3082 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3083 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3084 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3086 Runs the following hooks:
3088 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3089 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3090 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3091 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3093 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3097 ;;;***
3099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22387 39327 447708
3100 ;;;;;; 166000))
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3103 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3104 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3106 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3108 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3109 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3110 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3111 it fails.
3113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3115 ;;;***
3117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22387
3118 ;;;;;; 39328 290705 156000))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3121 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3122 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3124 \(fn)" nil nil)
3126 ;;;***
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22387 39328
3129 ;;;;;; 296705 134000))
3130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3132 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3133 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3135 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3136 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3138 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3167 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3174 made from scratch.
3176 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3179 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3181 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3183 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3184 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3185 made from scratch.
3187 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3190 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3192 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3193 variables are guessed:
3195 * `c-basic-offset', and
3196 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3197 `c-offsets-alist'.
3199 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3200 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3202 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3203 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3205 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3206 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3207 guess is made from scratch.
3209 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3210 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3212 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3214 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3215 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3216 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3217 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3219 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3220 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3221 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3223 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3225 ;;;***
3227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22387 39328
3228 ;;;;;; 299705 124000))
3229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3231 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3232 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3233 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3234 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3235 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3236 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3237 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3239 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3246 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3247 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3249 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3250 Major mode for editing C code.
3252 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3253 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3254 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3255 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3259 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3260 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3262 Key bindings:
3263 \\{c-mode-map}
3265 \(fn)" t nil)
3267 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3268 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3269 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3270 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3271 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3272 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3273 message.
3275 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3277 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3278 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3280 Key bindings:
3281 \\{c++-mode-map}
3283 \(fn)" t nil)
3284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3286 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3289 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3292 message.
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3299 Key bindings:
3300 \\{objc-mode-map}
3302 \(fn)" t nil)
3303 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3305 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3306 Major mode for editing Java code.
3307 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3308 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3309 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3310 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3311 message.
3313 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3315 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3316 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3318 Key bindings:
3319 \\{java-mode-map}
3321 \(fn)" t nil)
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3330 message.
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3337 Key bindings:
3338 \\{idl-mode-map}
3340 \(fn)" t nil)
3341 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3344 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3345 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3346 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3347 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3348 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3349 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3350 message.
3352 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3354 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3355 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3357 Key bindings:
3358 \\{pike-mode-map}
3360 \(fn)" t nil)
3361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3368 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3369 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3370 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3371 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3372 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3374 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3376 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3377 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3379 Key bindings:
3380 \\{awk-mode-map}
3382 \(fn)" t nil)
3384 ;;;***
3386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22387
3387 ;;;;;; 39328 301705 117000))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3390 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3391 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3392 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3393 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3395 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3397 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3398 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3399 might get set too.
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3402 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3403 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3404 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3405 in this way.
3407 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3408 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3409 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3410 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3411 a null operation.
3413 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3415 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3416 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3417 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3418 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3420 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3422 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3423 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3424 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3426 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3428 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3429 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3430 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3431 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3432 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3434 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3436 ;;;***
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22387 39328
3439 ;;;;;; 301705 117000))
3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3441 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3442 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3443 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3445 ;;;***
3447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22387 39327 578707
3448 ;;;;;; 698000))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3451 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3452 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3454 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3456 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3457 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3459 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3461 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3462 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3464 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3465 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3466 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3467 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3468 execution.
3470 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3472 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3474 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3475 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3477 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3478 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3479 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3480 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3482 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3483 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3484 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3485 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3486 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3487 `write' commands.
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3491 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3494 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3495 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3496 semantics.
3498 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3500 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3502 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3504 STATEMENT :=
3505 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3506 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3508 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3509 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3510 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3511 | integer
3513 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3515 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3516 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3517 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3519 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3520 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3521 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3523 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3525 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3526 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3527 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3528 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3529 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3530 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3531 ;; last STATEMENT.
3532 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3534 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3535 BREAK := (break)
3537 REPEAT :=
3538 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3539 (repeat)
3540 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3541 ;; (repeat))
3542 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; (read REG)
3545 ;; (repeat))
3546 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3547 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3548 ;; (read REG)
3549 ;; (repeat))
3550 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3552 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3553 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3554 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3557 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3558 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3559 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3560 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3561 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3562 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3563 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3564 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3565 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3566 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3567 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3569 WRITE :=
3570 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3571 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3572 ;; representation.
3573 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3574 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3575 ;; (write r7))
3576 | (write EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3578 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3579 ;; representation.
3580 | (write integer)
3581 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3582 ;; buffer.
3583 | (write string)
3584 ;; Same as: (write string)
3585 | string
3586 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3587 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3588 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3589 ;; representation.
3590 | (write REG ARRAY)
3591 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3592 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3593 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3594 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3595 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3596 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3598 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3599 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3601 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3602 END := (end)
3604 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3605 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3606 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3608 ARG := REG | integer
3610 OPERATOR :=
3611 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3612 + | - | * | / | %
3614 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3615 | & | `|' | ^
3617 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3618 | << | >>
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3622 | <8
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3627 | >8
3629 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3630 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3631 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3632 | //
3634 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3635 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3637 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3638 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3639 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3640 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3641 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3642 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3643 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3644 | de-sjis
3646 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3647 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3648 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3649 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3650 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3651 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3652 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3653 ;; byte of SJIS.
3654 | en-sjis
3656 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3657 ;; Same meaning as C code
3658 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3660 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3661 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3662 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3663 | <8=
3665 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3666 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3667 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3669 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3670 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3671 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3672 | //=
3674 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3677 TRANSLATE :=
3678 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3679 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3680 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3681 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3682 ;; respectively.
3683 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3684 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3685 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3686 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3688 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3689 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3690 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3692 LOOKUP :=
3693 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3694 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3695 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3696 ;; respectively.
3697 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3698 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3699 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3701 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3702 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3703 ;; REG.
3704 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3705 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3706 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3708 MAP :=
3709 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3710 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3711 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3712 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3714 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3715 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3716 MAP-ID := integer
3718 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3720 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3722 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3723 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3724 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3725 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3726 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3727 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3729 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3731 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3732 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3733 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3735 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3737 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3739 ;;;***
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22387 39327
3742 ;;;;;; 277708 773000))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3745 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3746 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3747 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3748 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3750 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3752 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3754 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3755 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3757 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3759 ;;;***
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22387 39327 134709
3762 ;;;;;; 283000))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3766 ;;;***
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22387 39328
3769 ;;;;;; 303705 110000))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3771 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3773 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3774 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3775 There are no special keybindings by default.
3777 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3778 to the action header.
3780 \(fn)" t nil)
3782 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3783 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3784 There are no special keybindings by default.
3786 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3787 to the action header.
3789 \(fn)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3792 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3796 ;;;***
3798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (22387 39326 550711
3799 ;;;;;; 368000))
3800 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
3802 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
3803 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
3804 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3805 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3806 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3808 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3809 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3811 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3812 from which to start.
3814 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3816 ;;;***
3818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22387 39327
3819 ;;;;;; 278708 769000))
3820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3821 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3823 ;;;***
3825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3826 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 278708 769000))
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3829 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3830 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3831 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3833 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3835 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3836 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3837 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3839 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3841 ;;;***
3843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22387
3844 ;;;;;; 39327 279708 766000))
3845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3846 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3849 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3850 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3851 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3852 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3853 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3857 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3859 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3860 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3861 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3864 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3865 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3866 the users will view as each check is completed.
3868 \(fn)" t nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3871 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3872 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3873 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3874 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3875 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3876 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3877 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3879 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3882 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3883 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3884 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3885 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3886 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3887 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3888 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3890 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3893 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3894 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3895 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3896 spacing are all verified.
3898 \(fn)" t nil)
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3902 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3903 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3904 otherwise stop after the first error.
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3914 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3915 Only documentation strings are checked.
3916 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3917 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3918 a separate buffer.
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3923 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3924 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3925 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3926 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3931 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3933 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3934 if there is one.
3936 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3939 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3941 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3942 if there is one.
3943 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3948 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3949 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3954 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3955 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3956 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3957 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3959 \(fn)" t nil)
3961 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3962 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3963 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3964 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3965 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3966 space at the end of each line.
3968 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3972 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3975 \(fn)" t nil)
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3996 \(fn)" t nil)
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3999 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4000 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4001 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4003 \(fn)" t nil)
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4006 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4007 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4008 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4010 \(fn)" t nil)
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4013 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4014 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4015 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4019 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4020 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4021 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4022 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4027 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4028 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4029 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4031 \(fn)" t nil)
4033 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4034 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4036 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4037 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4039 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4040 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4041 checking of documentation strings.
4043 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4047 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4048 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4050 \(fn)" t nil)
4052 ;;;***
4054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22387
4055 ;;;;;; 39327 648707 448000))
4056 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4058 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4059 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4060 Return the length of resulting text.
4062 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4064 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4065 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4067 \(fn)" t nil)
4069 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4070 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4071 Return the length of resulting text.
4073 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4075 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4076 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4078 \(fn)" t nil)
4080 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4083 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4085 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4088 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4090 ;;;***
4092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22578 62356 713212
4093 ;;;;;; 175000))
4094 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4096 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4097 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4098 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4099 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4100 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4101 editing and the result is evaluated.
4103 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4105 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4106 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4107 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4108 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4109 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4111 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4113 \(fn)" t nil)
4115 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4116 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4117 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4118 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4119 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4121 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4122 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4123 \\{command-history-map}
4125 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4126 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4128 \(fn)" t nil)
4130 ;;;***
4132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22387
4133 ;;;;;; 39327 282708 755000))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4136 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4137 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4138 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4139 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4140 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4141 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4142 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4143 of this function.
4145 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4146 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4147 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4148 property are:
4150 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4151 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4153 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4154 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4155 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4156 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4157 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4158 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4159 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4160 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4161 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4162 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4163 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4164 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4166 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4167 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4168 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4170 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4171 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4172 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4173 list elements are:
4175 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4177 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4179 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4181 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4182 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4184 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4185 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4187 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4188 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4189 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4190 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4191 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4192 value specified by their associated list element.
4194 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4196 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4197 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4198 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4200 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4201 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4202 * indent the first argument by 4.
4203 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4204 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4205 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4207 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4208 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4209 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4210 instead.
4212 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4214 ;;;***
4216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22387 39327
4217 ;;;;;; 283708 751000))
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4219 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4221 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4223 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4224 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4225 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4226 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4227 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4228 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4230 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4231 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4233 ;;;***
4235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22387 39328
4236 ;;;;;; 303705 110000))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4239 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4240 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4241 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4242 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4244 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4245 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4246 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4247 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4249 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4250 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4252 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4254 ;;;***
4256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22387 39326 553711
4257 ;;;;;; 358000))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4260 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4261 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4262 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4263 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4264 of `scheme-program-name').
4265 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4266 it is given as initial input.
4267 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4268 discards input when it starts up.
4269 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4270 is run).
4271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4273 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4275 ;;;***
4277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22387 39326 553711 358000))
4278 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4280 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4281 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4282 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4283 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4285 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4286 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4288 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4289 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4290 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4292 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4294 ;;;***
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22387 39326 555711 350000))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4299 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4300 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4301 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4302 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4303 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4304 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4305 functions have already modified the buffer.
4307 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4309 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4310 either globally or locally.")
4312 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4313 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4314 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4315 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4317 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4318 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4319 `start-file-process'
4320 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4321 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4322 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4324 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4325 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4327 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4329 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4331 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4333 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4334 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4335 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4336 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4337 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4338 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4339 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4340 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4341 process as its initial input.
4343 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4345 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4347 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4349 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4350 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4351 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4352 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4353 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4354 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4356 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4358 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4360 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4361 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4362 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4363 directory tracking functions.")
4365 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4366 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4367 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4369 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4371 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4373 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4374 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4375 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4377 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4379 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4381 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4382 Send COMMAND to current process.
4383 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4384 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4386 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4388 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4389 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4390 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4391 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4393 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4395 ;;;***
4397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22387 39328
4398 ;;;;;; 648703 878000))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4401 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4402 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4403 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4404 to get another window.
4406 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4407 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4409 This command pushes the mark in each window
4410 at the prior location of point in that window.
4411 If both windows display the same buffer,
4412 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4413 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4415 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4416 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4417 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4418 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4419 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4420 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4421 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4422 ignored.
4424 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4425 this command work in interlaced mode:
4426 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4427 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4428 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4430 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4432 ;;;***
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22387 39328
4435 ;;;;;; 304705 106000))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4438 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4439 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4443 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4444 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4445 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4449 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4450 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4451 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4453 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4455 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4456 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4457 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4458 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4459 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4461 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4462 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4463 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4464 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4465 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4467 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4468 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4469 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4470 describing how the process finished.")
4472 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4473 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4474 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4475 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4476 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4478 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4479 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4480 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4482 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4484 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4485 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4486 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4487 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4489 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4491 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4492 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4494 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4495 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4497 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4498 (lambda ()
4499 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4500 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4501 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4502 (concat \"make -k \"
4503 (if buffer-file-name
4504 (shell-quote-argument
4505 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4507 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4508 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4510 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4511 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4512 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4513 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4515 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4517 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4518 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4519 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4520 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4522 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4523 and move to the source code that caused it.
4525 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4526 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4528 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4529 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4530 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4531 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4532 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4534 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4535 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4536 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4537 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4539 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4540 kills its subprocesses.
4542 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4543 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4544 to a function that generates a unique name.
4546 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4548 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4549 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4550 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4551 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4553 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4554 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4556 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4557 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4558 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4559 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4561 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4562 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4563 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4565 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4567 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4569 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4570 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4571 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4572 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4573 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4575 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4577 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4579 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4581 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4583 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4584 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4586 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4587 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4589 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4590 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4591 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4592 See `compilation-mode'.
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4597 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4599 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4600 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4602 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4603 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4604 `compilation-mode'.
4606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4609 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4610 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4612 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4614 ;;;***
4616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22387 39326 556711
4617 ;;;;;; 347000))
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4620 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4621 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4622 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
4623 for a description of this minor mode.
4624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4626 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4628 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4630 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4631 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4633 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4634 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4638 ;;;***
4640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22387
4641 ;;;;;; 39328 531704 295000))
4642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4644 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4646 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4647 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4648 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4649 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4650 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4652 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4653 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4654 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4656 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4657 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4658 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4660 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4661 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4662 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4663 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4665 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4666 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4667 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4668 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4669 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4670 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4671 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4673 \\{conf-mode-map}
4675 \(fn)" t nil)
4677 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4679 Comments start with `#'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4684 \[Desktop Entry]
4685 Encoding=UTF-8
4686 Name=The GIMP
4687 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4688 Name[cs]=GIMP
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4692 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4694 Comments start with `;'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4697 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4699 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4700 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4701 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4703 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4704 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4709 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4710 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4711 between `/*' and `*/'.
4712 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4714 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4715 // another kind of comment
4716 /* yet another */
4718 name:value
4719 name=value
4720 name value
4721 x.1 =
4722 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4723 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4725 \(fn)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4728 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4729 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4730 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4731 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4732 `conf-space-keywords'.
4733 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4734 in an interactive fashion instead.
4736 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4738 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4740 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4741 image/png png
4742 image/tiff tiff tif
4744 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4745 class desktop
4746 # Standard multimedia devices
4747 add /dev/audio desktop
4748 add /dev/mixer desktop
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4752 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4753 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4754 See `conf-space-mode'.
4756 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4758 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4759 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4760 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4761 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4763 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4765 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4766 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4768 \(fn)" t nil)
4770 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4771 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4772 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4773 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4775 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4777 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4778 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4780 \(fn)" t nil)
4782 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4783 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4784 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4785 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4787 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4789 *background: gray99
4790 *foreground: black
4792 \(fn)" t nil)
4794 ;;;***
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22387 39328 257705
4797 ;;;;;; 274000))
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4800 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4801 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4802 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4803 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4804 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4805 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4807 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4809 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4810 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4811 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4812 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4814 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4816 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4817 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4818 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4819 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4821 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4823 ;;;***
4825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22387
4826 ;;;;;; 39327 287708 737000))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4828 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4830 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4832 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4833 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4834 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4835 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4836 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4837 following the copyright are updated as well.
4838 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4839 interactively.
4841 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4843 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4844 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4845 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4846 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4847 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4849 \(fn)" t nil)
4851 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4852 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4854 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4856 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4857 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4858 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4860 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4862 ;;;***
4864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22387
4865 ;;;;;; 39328 310705 85000))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4867 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4868 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4869 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4870 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4871 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4872 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4873 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4875 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4876 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4877 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4878 Tab indents for Perl code.
4879 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4880 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4882 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4883 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4884 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4885 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4886 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4887 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4888 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4889 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4890 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4891 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4892 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4893 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4895 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4897 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4898 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4900 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4902 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4903 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4904 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4905 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4906 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4907 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4908 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4909 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4910 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4912 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4914 bite if angry;
4916 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4917 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4918 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4919 to nil.)
4921 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4922 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4923 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4925 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4927 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4928 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4929 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4930 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4931 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4933 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4935 if (A) { B }
4937 into
4939 B if A;
4941 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4943 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4944 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4945 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4946 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4947 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4948 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4949 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4950 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4951 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4952 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4953 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4954 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4955 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4957 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4958 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4959 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4960 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4961 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4962 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4964 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4965 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4966 man via menu.
4968 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4969 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4970 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4971 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4972 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4974 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4975 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4976 span the needed amount of lines.
4978 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4979 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4980 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4981 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4983 Variables controlling indentation style:
4984 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4985 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4986 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4987 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4988 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4989 `cperl-auto-newline'
4990 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4991 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4992 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4993 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4994 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4995 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4996 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4997 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4998 `cperl-indent-level'
4999 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5000 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5001 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5002 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5003 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5004 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5005 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5006 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5007 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5008 `cperl-brace-offset'
5009 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5010 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5011 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5012 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5013 `cperl-label-offset'
5014 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5015 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5016 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5018 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5019 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5020 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5021 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5022 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5023 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5025 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5026 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5027 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5028 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5030 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5031 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5032 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5033 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5034 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5035 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5036 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5038 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5039 column 0 is indented on
5040 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5042 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5043 with no args.
5045 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5046 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5047 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5049 \(fn)" t nil)
5051 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5052 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5054 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5056 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5057 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5059 \(fn)" t nil)
5061 ;;;***
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22387 39328 312705
5064 ;;;;;; 77000))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5067 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5068 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5069 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5070 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5071 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5073 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5075 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5076 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5078 \(fn)" t nil)
5080 ;;;***
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22387 39327 288708
5083 ;;;;;; 733000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5086 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5087 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5088 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5089 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5090 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5091 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5092 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5093 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5095 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5096 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5098 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5099 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5100 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5102 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5103 with empty strings removed.
5105 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5107 ;;;***
5109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22387 39328
5110 ;;;;;; 532704 292000))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5113 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5114 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5116 \(fn)" t nil)
5117 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5119 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5120 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5122 \(fn)" t nil)
5124 ;;;***
5126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22387 39327
5127 ;;;;;; 363708 465000))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5130 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5131 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5132 See the `cua-mode' command
5133 for a description of this minor mode.
5134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5136 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5138 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5140 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5141 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5143 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5144 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5146 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5147 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5148 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5149 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5150 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5151 normal function of these prefix keys.
5153 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5154 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5155 options:
5156 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5157 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5158 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5160 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5161 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5162 the prefix fallback behavior.
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5166 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5167 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5169 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5171 ;;;***
5173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22387 39327
5174 ;;;;;; 364708 462000))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5177 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5178 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5179 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5183 ;;;***
5185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5186 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 288708 733000))
5187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5189 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5191 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5192 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5196 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5197 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5198 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5199 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5200 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5201 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5202 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5206 ;;;***
5208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22421 48064 572733
5209 ;;;;;; 228000))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5212 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5213 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5215 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5217 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5218 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5220 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5222 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5223 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5225 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5227 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5228 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5230 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5231 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5233 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5234 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5236 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5238 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5240 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5241 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5242 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5244 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5245 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5247 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5248 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5250 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5251 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5253 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5255 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5258 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5259 Return VALUE.
5261 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5262 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5264 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5265 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5267 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5268 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5270 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5272 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5274 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5275 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5276 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5277 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5279 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5280 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5281 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5283 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5285 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5286 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5287 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5288 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5289 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5291 \(fn)" t nil)
5293 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
5295 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
5296 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
5297 for the MODE to customize.
5299 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5301 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5303 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5305 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5307 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5308 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5310 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5312 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5314 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5315 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5317 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5319 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5321 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5322 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5323 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5325 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5327 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5328 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5329 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5330 as part of Emacs itself.
5332 Each elements looks like this:
5334 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5336 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5337 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5338 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5339 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5340 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5341 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5342 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5343 and `defface'.
5345 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5347 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5348 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5349 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5350 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5351 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5353 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5354 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5355 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5356 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5358 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5360 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5362 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5363 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5364 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5365 release.
5367 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5368 that were added or redefined since that version.
5370 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5372 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5373 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5374 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5375 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5377 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5379 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5380 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5382 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5384 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5385 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5386 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5388 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5389 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5391 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5393 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5394 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5396 \(fn)" t nil)
5398 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5399 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5401 \(fn)" t nil)
5403 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5404 Customize all saved options and faces.
5406 \(fn)" t nil)
5408 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5409 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5410 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5411 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5412 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5413 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5415 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5416 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5417 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5419 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5421 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5422 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5424 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5426 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5427 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5429 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5431 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5432 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5434 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5436 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5437 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5438 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5439 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5441 \(fn)" nil nil)
5443 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5444 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5445 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5446 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5447 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5448 that option.
5449 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5451 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5453 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5454 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5455 The result includes selecting that window.
5456 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5457 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5458 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5459 that option.
5461 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5463 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5464 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5466 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5468 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5469 File used for storing customization information.
5470 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5471 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5472 it should be an absolute file name.
5474 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5475 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5476 something like the following in your init file:
5478 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5479 \(load custom-file)
5481 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5482 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5484 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5485 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5486 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5487 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5488 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5490 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5491 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5492 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5493 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5494 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5495 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5496 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5497 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5498 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5499 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5501 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5503 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5504 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5506 \(fn)" nil nil)
5508 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5509 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5511 \(fn)" t nil)
5513 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5514 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5515 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5517 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5519 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5520 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5521 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5522 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5523 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5525 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5527 ;;;***
5529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22387 39326 564711
5530 ;;;;;; 318000))
5531 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5533 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5534 Create or edit a custom theme.
5535 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5536 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5537 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5538 from the Custom save file.
5539 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5540 named *Custom Theme*.
5542 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5544 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5545 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5547 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5549 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5550 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5552 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5554 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5555 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5556 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5557 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5561 ;;;***
5563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22387 39328
5564 ;;;;;; 649703 874000))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5567 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5568 Mode used for cvs status output.
5570 \(fn)" t nil)
5572 ;;;***
5574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22387 39328 313705
5575 ;;;;;; 74000))
5576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5577 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5579 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5580 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5582 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5584 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5585 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5586 C++ modes are included.
5588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5589 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5590 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5594 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5596 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5597 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5598 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
5599 for a description of this minor mode.
5600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5602 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5604 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5606 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5607 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5608 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5609 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5610 ARG is omitted or nil.
5612 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5613 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5614 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5618 ;;;***
5620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22387
5621 ;;;;;; 39327 648707 448000))
5622 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5624 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5625 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5627 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5629 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5630 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5632 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5634 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5635 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5636 For readability, the table is slightly
5637 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5639 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5640 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5641 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5642 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5643 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5645 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5647 ;;;***
5649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22578 62356 713212
5650 ;;;;;; 175000))
5651 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5652 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5653 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5654 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5655 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5657 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5658 Completion on current word.
5659 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5660 and presents suggestions for completion.
5662 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5663 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5664 completions.
5666 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5667 then it searches *all* buffers.
5669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5671 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5672 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5674 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5675 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5676 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5677 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5678 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
5679 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
5680 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
5681 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
5683 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5684 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5686 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5687 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5688 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5690 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5691 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5693 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5695 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5697 ;;;***
5699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22387 39327
5700 ;;;;;; 134709 283000))
5701 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5703 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5704 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5706 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5708 ;;;***
5710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22387 39327 967706 309000))
5711 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5713 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5714 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5715 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5716 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5717 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5719 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5721 ;;;***
5723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22387 39328
5724 ;;;;;; 313705 74000))
5725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5727 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5728 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5730 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5731 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5732 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5734 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5735 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5736 Data lines are not indented.
5738 Key bindings:
5740 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5741 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5743 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5744 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5745 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5746 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5748 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5750 dcl-basic-offset
5751 Extra indentation within blocks.
5753 dcl-continuation-offset
5754 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5756 dcl-margin-offset
5757 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5759 dcl-margin-label-offset
5760 Indentation for a label.
5762 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5763 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5765 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5766 dcl-block-end-regexp
5767 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5768 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5769 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5770 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5771 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5773 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5774 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5775 Two such functions are included in the package:
5776 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5777 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5779 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5780 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5781 One such function is included in the package:
5782 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5784 dcl-tab-always-indent
5785 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5786 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5787 margin.
5789 dcl-electric-characters
5790 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5791 typed.
5793 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5794 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5795 which words trigger electric indentation.
5797 dcl-tempo-comma
5798 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5799 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5800 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5802 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5803 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5804 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5805 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5807 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5808 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5809 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5810 dcl-imenu-label-call
5811 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5813 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5814 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5815 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5816 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5819 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5821 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5822 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5823 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5824 $ i = 1
5825 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5826 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5827 $ label:
5828 $ if i.eq.1
5829 $ then
5830 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5831 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5832 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5833 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5834 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5835 \"lined up with the command line\"
5836 $ type sys$input
5837 Data lines are not indented at all.
5838 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5839 $ endif
5843 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5844 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5846 \(fn)" t nil)
5848 ;;;***
5850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22387 39327
5851 ;;;;;; 289708 730000))
5852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5854 (setq debugger 'debug)
5856 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5857 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5858 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5859 of the evaluator.
5861 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5862 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5863 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5865 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5867 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5868 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5870 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5872 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5873 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5874 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5875 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5876 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5877 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5879 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5880 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5882 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5884 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5885 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5886 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5887 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5888 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5890 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5892 ;;;***
5894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22387 39328
5895 ;;;;;; 258705 270000))
5896 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5898 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5899 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5901 \(fn)" t nil)
5903 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5904 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5905 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5906 Upper-case letters are commands.
5908 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5909 modify it.
5911 The most useful commands are:
5912 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5913 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5914 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5915 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5916 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5917 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5919 \(fn)" t nil)
5921 ;;;***
5923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22387 39326 566711
5924 ;;;;;; 311000))
5925 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5926 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5928 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5929 Customization of `columns' group.
5931 \(fn)" t nil)
5933 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5934 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5936 START and END delimits the text region.
5938 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5940 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5941 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5943 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5945 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5947 ;;;***
5949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22387 39326 566711 311000))
5950 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5952 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5954 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5955 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5956 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
5957 for a description of this minor mode.
5958 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5959 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5960 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5962 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5964 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5965 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5966 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5967 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5968 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5970 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5971 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5972 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5973 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5975 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5976 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5980 ;;;***
5982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22387 39327
5983 ;;;;;; 289708 730000))
5984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5986 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5987 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5989 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5991 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5992 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5993 or nil if there is no parent.
5994 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5995 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5996 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5997 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5998 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6000 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6001 arguments are currently understood:
6002 :group GROUP
6003 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6004 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6005 :syntax-table TABLE
6006 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6007 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6008 :abbrev-table TABLE
6009 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6010 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6012 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6014 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6016 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6017 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6018 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6020 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6021 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6023 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6024 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6025 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6027 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6028 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6030 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6031 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6033 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6035 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6037 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6039 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6040 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6041 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6042 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6043 the first time the mode is used.
6045 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6047 ;;;***
6049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22387 39326 567711
6050 ;;;;;; 307000))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6053 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6054 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6055 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6056 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6057 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6058 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6059 otherwise.
6061 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6063 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6064 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6065 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6066 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6068 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6069 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6070 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6072 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6073 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6074 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6075 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6076 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6077 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6078 relevant to POS.
6080 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6082 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6083 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6085 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6086 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6087 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6088 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6089 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6090 minibuffer window for width limit.
6092 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6093 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6095 \(fn)" nil nil)
6097 ;;;***
6099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22387 39326 567711
6100 ;;;;;; 307000))
6101 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6103 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6104 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6105 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6106 for a description of this minor mode.
6107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6108 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6109 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6111 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6113 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6114 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6115 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6116 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6117 is omitted or nil.
6119 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6120 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6121 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6122 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6124 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6125 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6127 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6128 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6130 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6132 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6136 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6137 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6138 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6139 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6141 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6143 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6144 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6146 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6147 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6148 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6150 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6151 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6153 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6154 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6155 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6157 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6158 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6159 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6160 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6162 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6164 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6165 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6167 Handlers are called with argument list
6169 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6171 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6173 `desktop-file-version'
6174 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6175 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6176 `desktop-buffer-point'
6177 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6178 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6179 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6181 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6182 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6184 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6185 code like
6187 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6189 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6190 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6192 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6193 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6194 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6196 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6198 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6199 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6200 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6201 List elements must have the form
6203 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6205 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6206 function.
6208 Handlers are called with argument list
6210 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6212 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6214 `desktop-file-version'
6215 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6216 `desktop-buffer-name'
6217 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6218 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6219 `desktop-buffer-point'
6220 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6221 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6222 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6224 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6225 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6226 created and set.
6228 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6229 code like
6231 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6233 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6234 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6236 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6237 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6238 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6240 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6242 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6244 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6245 Empty the Desktop.
6246 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6247 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6248 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6249 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6250 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6251 if different).
6253 \(fn)" t nil)
6255 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6256 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6257 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6258 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6259 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6260 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6261 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6262 do not rewrite the file.
6264 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6265 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6266 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6267 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6268 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6269 file.
6271 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6272 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6273 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6274 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6275 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6276 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6277 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6278 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6279 without further confirmation.
6281 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6283 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6284 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6285 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6287 \(fn)" t nil)
6289 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6290 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6291 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6292 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6293 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6294 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6295 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6296 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6298 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6300 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6301 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6302 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6304 \(fn)" nil nil)
6306 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6308 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6309 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6310 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6311 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6312 directory DIRNAME.
6314 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6316 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6317 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6319 \(fn)" t nil)
6321 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6322 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6324 \(fn)" t nil)
6326 ;;;***
6328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22387 39327
6329 ;;;;;; 448708 162000))
6330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6332 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6333 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6334 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6335 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6336 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6337 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6339 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6341 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6342 Repair a broken attribution line.
6343 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6345 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6347 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6348 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6349 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6350 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6352 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6354 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6355 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6357 \(fn)" t nil)
6359 ;;;***
6361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22387
6362 ;;;;;; 39327 108709 376000))
6363 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6365 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6366 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6367 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6368 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6369 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6373 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6374 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6375 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6376 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6378 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6379 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6380 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6381 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6383 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6384 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6386 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6387 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6388 calendar-date-style \\='european
6389 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6391 \(diary-mail-entries)
6393 # diary-rem.el ends here
6395 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6397 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6398 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6400 \(fn)" t nil)
6402 ;;;***
6404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22387 39328 651703 867000))
6405 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6407 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6408 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6410 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6412 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6413 The command to use to run diff.")
6415 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6417 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6418 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6419 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6420 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6421 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6422 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6424 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6425 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6426 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6428 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6430 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6431 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6432 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6433 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6434 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6435 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6437 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6439 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6440 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6442 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6444 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6445 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6446 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6448 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6450 ;;;***
6452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22387 39328
6453 ;;;;;; 650703 871000))
6454 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6456 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6457 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6458 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6459 normal diffs.
6461 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6462 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6463 headers for you on-the-fly.
6465 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6466 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6467 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6469 \\{diff-mode-map}
6471 \(fn)" t nil)
6473 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6474 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6475 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6476 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6477 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6479 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6483 ;;;***
6485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22387 39327 967706 309000))
6486 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6488 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6489 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6490 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6492 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6494 ;;;***
6496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22579 9748 130924 321000))
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6499 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6500 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6501 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6502 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6503 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6504 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6505 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6506 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6508 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6510 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6511 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6512 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6513 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6514 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6515 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6517 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6518 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6519 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6520 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6522 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6523 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6525 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6526 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6527 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6528 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6529 listing have no effect.
6531 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6532 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6533 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6535 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6537 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6538 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6540 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6541 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6543 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6544 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6546 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6547 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6549 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6551 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6552 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6554 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6556 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6557 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6558 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6559 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6560 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6561 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6562 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6563 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6564 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6565 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6566 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6567 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6568 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6569 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6570 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6571 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6572 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6573 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6574 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6575 to see why something went wrong.
6576 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6577 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6578 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6579 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6580 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6581 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6582 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6583 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6584 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6585 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6586 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6587 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6588 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6590 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6591 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6592 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6593 again for the directory tree.
6595 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6596 for more info):
6598 `dired-listing-switches'
6599 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6600 `dired-marker-char'
6601 `dired-del-marker'
6602 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6603 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6604 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6605 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6607 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6609 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6610 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6611 `dired-mode-hook'
6612 `dired-load-hook'
6614 Keybindings:
6615 \\{dired-mode-map}
6617 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6618 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6620 ;;;***
6622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22387 39326 575711
6623 ;;;;;; 279000))
6624 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6626 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6627 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6628 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6629 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6630 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6632 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6633 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6634 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6636 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6637 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6638 directory.
6640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6642 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6643 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6644 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6645 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6646 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6647 from `default-directory'.
6649 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6651 ;;;***
6653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22387 39327
6654 ;;;;;; 290708 726000))
6655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6657 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6658 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6659 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6660 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6661 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6662 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6664 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6666 ;;;***
6668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22387 39326 576711
6669 ;;;;;; 275000))
6670 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6672 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6673 Return a new, empty display table.
6675 \(fn)" nil nil)
6677 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6678 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6679 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6680 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6681 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6683 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6685 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6686 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6687 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6688 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6689 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6691 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6693 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6694 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6696 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6698 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6699 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6701 \(fn)" t nil)
6703 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6704 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6706 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6707 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6709 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6710 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6711 byte.
6713 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6714 in the default way after this call.
6716 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6718 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6719 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6721 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6723 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6724 Display character C using printable string S.
6726 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6728 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6729 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6730 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6731 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6733 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6735 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6736 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6737 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6738 X frame.
6740 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6742 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6743 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6745 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6747 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6748 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6750 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6752 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6753 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6755 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6757 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6758 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6760 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6762 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6763 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6765 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6767 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6768 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6770 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6771 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6773 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6774 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6776 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6777 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6778 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6779 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6781 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6782 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6783 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6784 in `.emacs'.
6786 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6788 ;;;***
6790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22387 39328
6791 ;;;;;; 258705 270000))
6792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6794 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6795 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6796 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6797 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6798 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6799 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6800 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6801 Default is 2.
6803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6805 ;;;***
6807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22387 39326 576711 275000))
6808 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6810 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6811 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6812 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6813 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6814 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6815 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6816 private or ask).
6817 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6818 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6819 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6820 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6821 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6823 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6825 ;;;***
6827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22387 39328
6828 ;;;;;; 532704 292000))
6829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6831 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6832 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6833 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6834 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6835 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6836 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6837 table and its own syntax table.
6839 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6841 \(fn)" t nil)
6842 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6844 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6845 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6847 \(fn)" t nil)
6849 ;;;***
6851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22387 39326 577711
6852 ;;;;;; 272000))
6853 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6855 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6856 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6857 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6858 OpenDocument format).
6860 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6862 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6863 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6865 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6866 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6868 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6869 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6870 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6872 \(fn)" t nil)
6874 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6875 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6876 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6877 to the next best mode.
6879 \(fn)" nil nil)
6881 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6882 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6883 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6884 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6885 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6887 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6891 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6894 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6896 ;;;***
6898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22387 39328 259705
6899 ;;;;;; 267000))
6900 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6902 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6903 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6905 \(fn)" t nil)
6907 ;;;***
6909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22387 39326 589711 229000))
6910 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6912 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6913 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6914 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6915 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6916 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6918 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6919 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6923 ;;;***
6925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22387 39328 260705
6926 ;;;;;; 263000))
6927 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6928 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6930 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6931 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6933 \(fn)" t nil)
6935 ;;;***
6937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22387
6938 ;;;;;; 39327 291708 723000))
6939 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6941 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6943 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6944 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6945 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6946 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6947 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6949 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6950 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6951 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6952 and disables it otherwise.
6954 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6955 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6956 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6957 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6959 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6960 documenting what its argument does.
6962 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6963 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6964 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6965 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6966 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6967 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6968 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6969 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6971 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6972 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6973 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6974 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6975 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6976 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6977 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6978 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6979 the minor mode is global):
6981 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6982 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6983 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6984 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6985 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6986 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6987 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6988 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6989 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6990 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6991 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6992 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6993 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6994 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6995 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6996 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6997 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6998 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6999 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7000 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7001 in :variable).
7003 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7004 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7006 For example, you could write
7007 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7008 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7009 ...BODY CODE...)
7011 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7013 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7015 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7017 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7019 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7020 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7021 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7022 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7023 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7024 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7025 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7026 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7027 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7028 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7029 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7030 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7032 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7033 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7034 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7035 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7036 call another major mode in their body.
7038 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7039 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7040 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7042 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7044 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7046 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7047 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7048 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7049 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7050 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7051 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7052 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7054 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7056 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7057 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7058 :inherit Parent keymap.
7059 :group Ignored.
7060 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7061 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7063 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7065 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7066 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7067 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7068 the constant's documentation.
7070 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7072 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7073 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7074 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7076 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7078 ;;;***
7080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22387
7081 ;;;;;; 39327 291708 723000))
7082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7084 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7085 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7086 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7087 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7089 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7090 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7091 as a top-level menu bar item.
7093 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7094 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7095 pairs:
7097 :filter FUNCTION
7098 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7099 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7100 items to actually display.
7102 :visible INCLUDE
7103 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7104 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7105 alias for `:visible'.
7107 :active ENABLE
7108 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7109 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7110 an alias for `:active'.
7112 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7113 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7115 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7117 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7119 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7120 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7122 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7123 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7125 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7127 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7129 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7130 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7132 :keys KEYS
7133 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7134 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7135 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7136 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7138 :key-sequence KEYS
7139 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7140 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7141 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7142 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7144 :active ENABLE
7145 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7146 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7147 alias for `:active'.
7149 :visible INCLUDE
7150 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7151 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7152 `:visible'.
7154 :label FORM
7155 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7156 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7158 :suffix FORM
7159 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7160 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7162 :style STYLE
7163 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7164 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7165 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7167 :selected SELECTED
7168 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7169 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7171 :help HELP
7172 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7174 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7175 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7176 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7178 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7179 MENU. This is a submenu.
7181 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7183 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7185 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7188 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7190 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7191 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7192 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7193 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7195 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7197 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7198 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7199 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7200 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7201 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7202 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7204 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7205 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7206 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7208 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7209 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7210 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7212 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7213 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7215 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7217 ;;;***
7219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22387 39328
7220 ;;;;;; 319705 52000))
7221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7222 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Customization for ebnf group.
7227 \(fn)" t nil)
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7232 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7234 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7235 processed.
7237 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7239 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7241 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7242 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7244 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7245 killed after process termination.
7247 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7249 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7251 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7252 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7254 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7255 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7256 it to the printer.
7258 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7259 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7260 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7261 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7263 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7267 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7269 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7274 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7276 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7277 processed.
7279 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7281 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7283 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7284 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7286 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7287 killed after process termination.
7289 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7291 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7293 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7294 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7295 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7296 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7298 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7300 \(fn)" t nil)
7302 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7303 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7304 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7306 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7308 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7313 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7315 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7316 processed.
7318 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7320 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7322 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7323 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7325 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7326 killed after EPS generation.
7328 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7330 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7332 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7333 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7335 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7336 The EPS file name has the following form:
7338 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7340 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7341 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7343 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7344 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7345 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7346 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7347 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7349 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7350 files.
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7355 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7357 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7358 The EPS file name has the following form:
7360 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7362 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7363 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7365 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7366 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7367 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7368 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7369 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7371 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7372 files.
7374 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7376 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7378 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7379 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7381 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7383 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7384 are processed.
7386 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7388 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7390 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7391 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7393 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7394 killed after syntax checking.
7396 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7398 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7401 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7403 \(fn)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7408 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7410 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7411 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7413 \(fn)" nil nil)
7415 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7416 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7418 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7420 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7422 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7423 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7425 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7427 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7429 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7430 Delete style NAME.
7432 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7434 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7436 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7437 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7439 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7441 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7444 Set STYLE as the current style.
7446 Returns the old style symbol.
7448 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7450 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7452 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7453 Reset current style.
7455 Returns the old style symbol.
7457 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7459 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7461 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7462 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7464 Returns the old style symbol.
7466 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7468 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7470 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7472 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7473 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7475 Returns the old style symbol.
7477 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7479 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7481 \(fn)" t nil)
7483 ;;;***
7485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22387 39328
7486 ;;;;;; 321705 45000))
7487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7490 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7491 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7492 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7493 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7494 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7496 Tree mode key bindings:
7497 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7499 \(fn)" t nil)
7501 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7502 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7507 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7512 View declaration of member at point.
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7517 Find declaration of member at point.
7519 \(fn)" t nil)
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7522 View definition of member at point.
7524 \(fn)" t nil)
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7527 Find definition of member at point.
7529 \(fn)" t nil)
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7532 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7534 \(fn)" t nil)
7536 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7537 View definition of member at point in other window.
7539 \(fn)" t nil)
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7542 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7544 \(fn)" t nil)
7546 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7547 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7549 \(fn)" t nil)
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7552 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7554 \(fn)" t nil)
7556 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7557 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7559 \(fn)" t nil)
7561 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7562 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7563 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7564 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7565 completion.
7567 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7570 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7571 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7572 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7574 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7576 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7577 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7578 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7579 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7581 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7583 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7584 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7585 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7587 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7589 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7590 Search for call sites of a member.
7591 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7592 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7593 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7594 looks like a function call to the member.
7596 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7598 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7599 Move backward in the position stack.
7600 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7602 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7604 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7605 Move forward in the position stack.
7606 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7608 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7610 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7611 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7613 \(fn)" t nil)
7615 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7616 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7618 \(fn)" t nil)
7620 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7621 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7622 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7623 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7625 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7627 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7628 Display statistics for a class tree.
7630 \(fn)" t nil)
7632 ;;;***
7634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22387 39326 590711
7635 ;;;;;; 225000))
7636 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7638 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7639 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7640 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7641 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7642 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7643 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7644 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7646 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7648 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7649 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7650 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7651 also has this effect.
7652 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7653 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7654 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7655 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7656 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7657 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7658 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7659 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7660 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7661 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7663 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7665 ;;;***
7667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22387 39326 591711
7668 ;;;;;; 222000))
7669 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7671 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7672 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7673 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7675 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7677 ;;;***
7679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22387 39327
7680 ;;;;;; 448708 162000))
7681 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7683 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7686 \(fn)" nil nil)
7688 ;;;***
7690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22387 39327 135709 280000))
7691 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7692 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7694 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7695 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7696 See the `global-ede-mode' command
7697 for a description of this minor mode.
7698 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7699 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7700 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7702 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7704 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7705 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7707 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7708 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7710 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7711 an EDE controlled project.
7713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7715 ;;;***
7717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22387 39327
7718 ;;;;;; 293708 716000))
7719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7721 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7722 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7723 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7724 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7725 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7727 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7728 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7729 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7730 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7732 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7734 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7735 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7736 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7737 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7739 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7741 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7742 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7743 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7744 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7746 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7748 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7750 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7751 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7752 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7753 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7754 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7756 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7757 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7758 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7759 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7760 instrumented for Edebug.
7762 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7763 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7764 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7765 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7766 already is one.)
7768 \(fn)" t nil)
7770 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7771 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7773 \(fn)" t nil)
7775 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7776 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7778 \(fn)" t nil)
7780 ;;;***
7782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22387 39328 660703 835000))
7783 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7784 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7787 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7789 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7791 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7792 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7794 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7796 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7798 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7800 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7801 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7802 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7803 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7805 \(fn)" t nil)
7807 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7808 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7809 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7810 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7812 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7814 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7815 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7817 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7819 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7821 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7822 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7824 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7826 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7828 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7829 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7830 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7831 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7833 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7835 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7837 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7839 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7840 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7842 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7844 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7846 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7847 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7848 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7849 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7851 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7853 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7855 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7856 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7857 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7858 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7860 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7862 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7865 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7866 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7867 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7868 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7869 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7871 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7873 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7874 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7875 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7876 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7878 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7880 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7882 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7883 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7884 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7885 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7887 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7889 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7891 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7893 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7894 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7895 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7896 follows:
7897 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7898 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7900 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7903 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7904 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7905 follows:
7906 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7907 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7909 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7911 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7912 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7913 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7914 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7915 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7917 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7919 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7920 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7921 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7922 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7923 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7924 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7926 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7928 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7930 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7931 Merge two files without ancestor.
7933 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7935 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7936 Merge two files with ancestor.
7938 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7940 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7942 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7943 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7945 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7948 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7950 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7952 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7953 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7954 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7955 buffer.
7957 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7959 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7960 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7961 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7962 buffer.
7964 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7966 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7967 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7968 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7969 and don't ask the user.
7970 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7971 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7973 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7975 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7976 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7977 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7978 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7979 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7980 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7981 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7982 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7984 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7986 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7988 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7990 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7991 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7992 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7993 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7994 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7996 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7998 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8000 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8001 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8002 When called interactively, displays the version.
8004 \(fn)" t nil)
8006 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8007 Display Ediff's manual.
8008 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8010 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8012 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
8015 \(fn)" nil nil)
8017 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8020 \(fn)" nil nil)
8022 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8025 \(fn)" nil nil)
8027 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8030 \(fn)" nil nil)
8032 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8035 \(fn)" nil nil)
8037 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8040 \(fn)" nil nil)
8042 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8045 \(fn)" nil nil)
8047 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8050 \(fn)" nil nil)
8052 ;;;***
8054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22387 39328
8055 ;;;;;; 653703 860000))
8056 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8058 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8061 \(fn)" t nil)
8063 ;;;***
8065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22387 39328
8066 ;;;;;; 656703 849000))
8067 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8069 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8070 Display Ediff's registry.
8072 \(fn)" t nil)
8074 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8076 ;;;***
8078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22387 39328
8079 ;;;;;; 658703 842000))
8080 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8082 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8083 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8084 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8085 which see.
8087 \(fn)" t nil)
8089 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8090 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8091 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8092 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8094 \(fn)" t nil)
8096 ;;;***
8098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22387 39326 591711
8099 ;;;;;; 222000))
8100 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8101 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8103 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8104 Edit a keyboard macro.
8105 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8106 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8107 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8108 its command name.
8109 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8111 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8113 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8114 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8116 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8118 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8119 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8121 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8123 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8124 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8125 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8126 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8127 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8128 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8130 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8131 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8132 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8133 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8135 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8137 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8138 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8139 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8140 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8141 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8142 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8144 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8146 ;;;***
8148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22578 62356 717212
8149 ;;;;;; 153000))
8150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8152 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8153 Set scroll margins.
8154 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8155 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8157 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8159 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8160 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8162 \(fn)" t nil)
8164 ;;;***
8166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22387 39326 592711 218000))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8169 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8170 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8171 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8172 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8173 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8174 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8175 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8177 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8178 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8180 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8181 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8182 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8183 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8185 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8186 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8187 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8189 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8190 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8191 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8193 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8195 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8198 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8200 ;;;***
8202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22387 39327
8203 ;;;;;; 299708 694000))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8205 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8207 ;;;***
8209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22578
8210 ;;;;;; 62356 716212 159000))
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8212 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8214 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8215 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8216 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8217 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8218 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8219 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8220 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8222 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8224 ;;;***
8226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22387 39326 592711
8227 ;;;;;; 218000))
8228 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8230 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8231 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8233 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8234 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8235 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8237 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8239 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8240 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8241 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
8242 for a description of this minor mode.
8243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8244 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8245 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8247 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8249 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8250 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8251 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8252 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8253 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8255 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8256 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8257 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8258 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8262 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8263 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8267 ;;;***
8269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22387 39326 593711
8270 ;;;;;; 215000))
8271 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8273 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8274 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8276 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8277 an elided material again.
8279 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8283 ;;;***
8285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22387 39327
8286 ;;;;;; 300708 690000))
8287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8289 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8290 Lint the file FILE.
8292 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8294 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8295 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8296 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8298 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8300 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8301 Lint the current buffer.
8302 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8304 \(fn)" t nil)
8306 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8307 Lint the function at point.
8308 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8310 \(fn)" t nil)
8312 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8313 Initialize elint.
8314 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8315 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8317 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8319 ;;;***
8321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22387 39327 301708
8322 ;;;;;; 687000))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8325 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8326 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8327 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8329 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8331 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8332 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8333 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8334 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8336 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8338 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8339 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8340 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8342 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8344 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8346 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8347 Display current profiling results.
8348 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8349 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8350 displayed.
8352 \(fn)" t nil)
8354 ;;;***
8356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22387 39326 594711
8357 ;;;;;; 211000))
8358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8360 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8361 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8362 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8363 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8364 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8365 ARG is omitted or nil.
8367 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8368 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8369 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8370 used instead.
8372 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8374 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8375 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8376 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8378 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8382 ;;;***
8384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22578 62356
8385 ;;;;;; 725212 110000))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8388 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8389 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8390 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8392 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8394 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8396 ;;;***
8398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22387 39328 661703
8399 ;;;;;; 831000))
8400 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8402 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8403 Run Emerge on two files.
8405 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8408 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8410 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8412 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8413 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8415 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8417 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8418 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8420 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8422 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8425 \(fn)" nil nil)
8427 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8430 \(fn)" nil nil)
8432 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8435 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8437 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8440 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8442 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8443 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8445 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8447 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8448 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8450 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8452 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8455 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8457 ;;;***
8459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22387 39328
8460 ;;;;;; 533704 288000))
8461 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8463 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8464 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8465 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8466 text/enriched format.
8468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8469 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8470 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8472 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8474 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8475 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8477 Commands:
8479 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8486 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8488 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8491 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8493 ;;;***
8495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22387 39326 603711 179000))
8496 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8498 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8499 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8501 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8503 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8504 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8506 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8508 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8509 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8510 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8511 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8512 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8513 the keys are listed.
8514 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8516 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8518 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8519 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8520 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8522 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8524 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8525 Verify FILE.
8527 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8530 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8532 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8534 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8535 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8537 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8540 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8542 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8543 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8544 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8545 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8547 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8548 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8549 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8550 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8551 should consider using the string based counterpart
8552 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8553 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8555 For example:
8557 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8558 (decode-coding-string
8559 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8560 \\='utf-8))
8562 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8564 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8565 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8567 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8568 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8572 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8574 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8575 Verify the current region between START and END.
8577 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8578 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8579 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8580 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8581 should consider using the string based counterpart
8582 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8583 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8585 For example:
8587 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8588 (decode-coding-string
8589 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8590 \\='utf-8))
8592 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8594 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8596 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8597 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8598 between START and END.
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8603 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8605 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8607 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8608 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8610 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8611 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8612 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8613 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8614 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8615 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8617 For example:
8619 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8620 (epg-sign-string
8621 context
8622 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8624 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8626 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8628 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8629 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8631 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8632 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8633 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8634 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8635 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8636 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8638 For example:
8640 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8641 (epg-encrypt-string
8642 context
8643 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8644 nil))
8646 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8648 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8650 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8651 Delete selected KEYS.
8653 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8655 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8656 Import keys from FILE.
8658 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8660 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8661 Import keys from the region.
8663 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8665 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8666 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8667 between START and END.
8669 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8672 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8674 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8676 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8677 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8679 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8681 ;;;***
8683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22387 39326 594711
8684 ;;;;;; 211000))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8687 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8688 Decrypt marked files.
8690 \(fn)" t nil)
8692 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8693 Verify marked files.
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8697 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8698 Sign marked files.
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8702 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8703 Encrypt marked files.
8705 \(fn)" t nil)
8707 ;;;***
8709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22387 39326 595711
8710 ;;;;;; 208000))
8711 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8713 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8716 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8718 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8721 \(fn)" t nil)
8723 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8726 \(fn)" t nil)
8728 ;;;***
8730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22387 39326 595711
8731 ;;;;;; 208000))
8732 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8734 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8735 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8737 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8738 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8742 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8743 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8744 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8746 \(fn)" t nil)
8748 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8750 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8751 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8752 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8754 \(fn)" t nil)
8756 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8758 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8759 Sign the current buffer.
8760 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8762 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8764 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8766 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8767 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8768 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8769 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8770 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8771 and also whether and how to sign.
8773 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8774 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8775 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8777 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8779 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8781 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8782 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8783 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8785 \(fn)" t nil)
8787 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8789 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8790 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8791 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
8792 for a description of this minor mode.
8793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8794 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8795 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8797 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8799 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8800 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8802 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8803 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8807 ;;;***
8809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22387 39326 604711 175000))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8811 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8813 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8814 Return a context object.
8816 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8818 ;;;***
8820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22387 39326 603711
8821 ;;;;;; 179000))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8824 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8825 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8826 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8827 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8829 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8830 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8831 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8832 entry until the version requirement is met.
8834 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8836 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8837 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8839 \(fn)" nil nil)
8841 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8843 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8844 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8846 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8848 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8849 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8851 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8853 ;;;***
8855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22387 39327 421708 258000))
8856 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8857 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8859 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8860 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8862 \(fn)" nil nil)
8864 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8865 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8866 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8868 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8870 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8871 (server (erc-compute-server))
8872 (port (erc-compute-port))
8873 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8874 password
8875 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8877 That is, if called with
8879 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8881 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8882 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8883 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8885 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8887 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8889 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8890 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8891 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8893 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8895 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8896 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8897 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8898 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8900 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8902 ;;;***
8904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22387
8905 ;;;;;; 39327 403708 323000))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8907 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8909 ;;;***
8911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22387 39327
8912 ;;;;;; 405708 316000))
8913 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8914 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8916 ;;;***
8918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22387 39327
8919 ;;;;;; 405708 316000))
8920 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8921 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8923 ;;;***
8925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22387 39327
8926 ;;;;;; 406708 312000))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8928 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8930 ;;;***
8932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22387 39327 406708
8933 ;;;;;; 312000))
8934 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8935 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8937 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8938 Parser for /dcc command.
8939 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8940 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8941 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8943 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8945 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8946 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8948 \(fn)" nil nil)
8950 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8951 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8953 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8954 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8955 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8956 that subcommand.
8958 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8960 ;;;***
8962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8963 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 407708 309000))
8964 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8965 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8967 ;;;***
8969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22387
8970 ;;;;;; 39327 407708 309000))
8971 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8973 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8974 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8976 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8978 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8979 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8980 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8981 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8983 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8985 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8988 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8990 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8991 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8993 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8995 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8996 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8998 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9001 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9003 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9005 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9006 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9008 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9010 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9011 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9013 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9015 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9016 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9018 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9020 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9021 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9023 \(fn)" nil nil)
9025 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9026 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9028 \(fn)" nil nil)
9030 ;;;***
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22387 39327 408708
9033 ;;;;;; 305000))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9037 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9038 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9039 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9041 \(fn)" nil nil)
9043 ;;;***
9045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22387 39327
9046 ;;;;;; 409708 301000))
9047 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9048 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9050 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9051 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9052 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9053 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9054 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9055 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9056 system.
9058 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9060 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9063 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9065 ;;;***
9067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22387 39327
9068 ;;;;;; 410708 298000))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9071 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9074 \(fn)" nil nil)
9076 ;;;***
9078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22387 39327 410708
9079 ;;;;;; 298000))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9081 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9083 ;;;***
9085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22387 39327 411708
9086 ;;;;;; 294000))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9088 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9090 ;;;***
9092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22387 39327 411708
9093 ;;;;;; 294000))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9095 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9097 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9098 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9099 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9100 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9101 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9102 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9104 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9106 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9107 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9108 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9109 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9111 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9112 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9113 automatically.
9115 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9116 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9118 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9120 ;;;***
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22387 39327
9123 ;;;;;; 412708 291000))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9125 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9127 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9128 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9130 \(fn)" t nil)
9132 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9133 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9135 \(fn)" t nil)
9137 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9138 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9140 \(fn)" t nil)
9142 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9143 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9145 \(fn)" t nil)
9147 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9148 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9150 \(fn)" t nil)
9152 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9153 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9155 \(fn)" t nil)
9157 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9158 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9160 \(fn)" t nil)
9162 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9163 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9165 \(fn)" t nil)
9167 ;;;***
9169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22387 39327 413708
9170 ;;;;;; 287000))
9171 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9172 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9174 ;;;***
9176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22387
9177 ;;;;;; 39327 413708 287000))
9178 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9179 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9181 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9182 Show who's gone.
9184 \(fn)" nil nil)
9186 ;;;***
9188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22387
9189 ;;;;;; 39327 413708 287000))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9192 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9193 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9194 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9195 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9197 \(fn)" nil nil)
9199 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9200 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9202 \(fn)" t nil)
9204 ;;;***
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22387 39327
9207 ;;;;;; 414708 283000))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9209 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9211 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9212 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9213 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9214 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9216 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9218 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9221 \(fn)" nil nil)
9223 ;;;***
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22387 39327 415708
9226 ;;;;;; 280000))
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9228 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9230 ;;;***
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22387
9233 ;;;;;; 39327 415708 280000))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9237 ;;;***
9239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22387 39327
9240 ;;;;;; 415708 280000))
9241 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9242 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9244 ;;;***
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22387 39327 416708
9247 ;;;;;; 276000))
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9249 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9251 ;;;***
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22387
9254 ;;;;;; 39327 416708 276000))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9256 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9258 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9259 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9261 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9263 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9264 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9265 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9267 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9269 ;;;***
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22387 39327
9272 ;;;;;; 416708 276000))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9274 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9276 ;;;***
9278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22387
9279 ;;;;;; 39327 417708 273000))
9280 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9282 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9283 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9284 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9286 \(fn)" t nil)
9288 ;;;***
9290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22387
9291 ;;;;;; 39327 417708 273000))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9293 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9295 ;;;***
9297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22387 39327
9298 ;;;;;; 417708 273000))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9300 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9302 ;;;***
9304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22387 39327
9305 ;;;;;; 418708 269000))
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9308 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9309 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9310 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
9311 for a description of this minor mode.")
9313 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9315 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9316 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9317 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9318 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9319 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9321 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9322 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9323 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9324 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9327 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9329 ;;;***
9331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22387
9332 ;;;;;; 39327 419708 266000))
9333 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9334 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9336 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9337 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9338 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9339 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9341 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9343 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9344 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9345 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9347 \(fn)" t nil)
9349 ;;;***
9351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22387 39327 419708
9352 ;;;;;; 266000))
9353 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9354 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9356 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9357 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9359 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9361 ;;;***
9363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22387 39327 302708
9364 ;;;;;; 683000))
9365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9367 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9368 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9370 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9371 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9373 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9374 useful for assertions in BODY.
9376 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9378 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9379 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9380 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9382 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9384 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9386 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9388 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9390 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9392 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9393 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9395 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9396 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9397 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9398 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9400 Returns the stats object.
9402 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9404 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9405 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9407 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9408 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9409 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9410 the tests).
9412 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9414 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9415 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9417 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9418 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9419 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9420 and how to display message.
9422 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9424 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9426 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9427 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9429 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9431 ;;;***
9433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22387 39327
9434 ;;;;;; 301708 687000))
9435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9437 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9439 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9440 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9442 \(fn)" t nil)
9444 ;;;***
9446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22587 59854
9447 ;;;;;; 958142 856000))
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9450 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9451 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9453 \(fn)" t nil)
9455 ;;;***
9457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22387 39327 436708
9458 ;;;;;; 205000))
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9460 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9462 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9463 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9464 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9465 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9466 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9467 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9468 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9469 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9470 buffer selected (or created).
9472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9474 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9475 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9476 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9478 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9480 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9481 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9482 The result might be any Lisp object.
9483 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9484 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9485 corresponding to a successful execution.
9487 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9489 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9491 ;;;***
9493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22490 22724 15599
9494 ;;;;;; 212000))
9495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9497 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9498 File name of tags table.
9499 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9500 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9501 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9502 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9503 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9505 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9506 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9507 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9508 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9510 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9512 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9513 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9514 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9515 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9516 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9517 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9519 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9521 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9522 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9523 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9525 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9527 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9528 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9529 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9530 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9531 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9533 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9535 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9536 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9537 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9538 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9540 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9542 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9543 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9544 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9545 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9546 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9548 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9550 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9551 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9553 \(fn)" t nil)
9555 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9556 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9557 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9558 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9560 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9561 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9562 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9563 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9564 file the tag was in.
9566 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9568 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9569 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9570 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9571 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9572 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9573 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9574 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9575 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9576 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9578 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9580 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9581 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9582 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9583 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9584 without directory names.
9586 \(fn)" nil nil)
9588 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9591 \(fn)" nil nil)
9592 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9593 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9594 (progn
9595 (load "etags")
9596 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9598 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9599 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9600 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9601 but does not select the buffer.
9602 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9604 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9605 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9606 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9607 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9608 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9610 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9612 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9613 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9614 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9616 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9618 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9620 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9621 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9622 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9623 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9625 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9626 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9627 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9628 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9629 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9631 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9633 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9634 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9635 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9637 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9639 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9641 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9643 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9644 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9645 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9646 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9647 around or before point.
9649 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9650 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9651 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9652 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9653 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9655 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9657 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9658 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9659 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9661 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9663 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9665 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9667 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9668 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9669 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9670 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9671 around or before point.
9673 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9674 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9675 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9676 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9677 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9679 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9681 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9682 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9683 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9685 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9687 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9689 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9691 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9692 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9693 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9695 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9696 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9697 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9698 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9699 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9701 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9703 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9704 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9705 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9707 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9709 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9711 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9713 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9715 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9716 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9718 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9719 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9720 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9722 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9723 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9725 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9726 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9728 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9730 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9731 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9732 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9733 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9735 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9736 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9737 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9738 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9739 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9741 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9743 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9744 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9745 Stops when a match is found.
9746 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9748 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9749 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9750 restricted to these files.
9752 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9754 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9756 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9757 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9758 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9759 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9760 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9761 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9763 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9764 produce the list of files to search.
9766 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9768 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9770 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9771 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9772 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9773 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9774 directory specification.
9776 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9778 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9779 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9781 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9783 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9785 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9786 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9787 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9788 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9790 \(fn)" t nil)
9792 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9793 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9794 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9795 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9796 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9798 \(fn)" t nil)
9800 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9803 \(fn)" nil nil)
9805 ;;;***
9807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22387
9808 ;;;;;; 39327 650707 441000))
9809 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9811 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9814 \(fn)" nil nil)
9816 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9817 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9819 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9820 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9822 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9823 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9824 primary language.
9826 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9827 even if the buffer is read-only.
9829 See also the descriptions of the variables
9830 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9832 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9834 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9835 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9837 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9838 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9840 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9841 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9842 primary language.
9844 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9845 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9847 See also the descriptions of the variables
9848 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9850 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9852 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9853 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9854 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9855 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9857 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9859 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9860 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9861 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9862 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9864 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9865 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9866 primary language.
9868 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9869 buffer is read-only.
9871 See also the descriptions of the variables
9872 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9873 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9875 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9877 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9878 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9880 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9881 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9883 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9884 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9885 the primary language.
9887 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9888 buffer is read-only.
9890 See also the descriptions of the variables
9891 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9892 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9894 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9896 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9897 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9898 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9900 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9902 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9903 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9905 \(fn)" t nil)
9907 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9908 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9910 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9911 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9912 be 1, 2, or 3.
9914 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9915 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9916 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9918 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9920 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9922 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9923 This function is deprecated.
9925 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9927 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9928 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9930 \(fn)" t nil)
9932 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9933 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9935 \(fn)" t nil)
9937 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9938 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9940 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9941 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9943 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9944 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9946 \(fn)" nil nil)
9948 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9949 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9951 \(fn)" nil nil)
9953 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9954 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9956 \(fn)" nil nil)
9958 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9959 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9961 \(fn)" nil nil)
9963 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9964 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9965 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9967 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9969 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9972 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9974 ;;;***
9976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22387 39327 971706 295000))
9977 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9979 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9980 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9981 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9982 server for future sessions.
9984 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9986 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9987 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9988 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9990 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9992 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9993 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9994 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9996 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9998 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9999 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10000 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10001 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10002 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10003 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10004 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10005 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10006 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10007 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10008 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10009 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10011 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10013 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10014 Display a form to query the directory server.
10015 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10016 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10018 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10020 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10021 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10022 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10024 \(fn)" t nil)
10026 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10028 ;;;***
10030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22387 39327 968706
10031 ;;;;;; 306000))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10034 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10035 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10037 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10039 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10040 Display URL and make it clickable.
10042 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10044 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10045 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10047 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10049 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10050 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10052 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10054 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10055 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10057 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10059 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10060 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10062 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10064 ;;;***
10066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22387 39327
10067 ;;;;;; 969706 302000))
10068 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10070 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10071 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10072 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10074 \(fn)" t nil)
10076 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10077 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10079 \(fn)" t nil)
10081 ;;;***
10083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22387
10084 ;;;;;; 39327 970706 298000))
10085 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10087 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10088 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10090 \(fn)" t nil)
10092 ;;;***
10094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22387 39327 303708
10095 ;;;;;; 680000))
10096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10098 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10099 Create an empty ewoc.
10101 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10103 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10104 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10105 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10106 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10107 `insert-before-markers'.
10109 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10110 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10111 respectively, of the ewoc.
10113 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10114 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10115 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10117 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10119 ;;;***
10121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22387 39327 973706 288000))
10122 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10124 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10125 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10126 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10127 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10128 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10130 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10132 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10133 Fetch URL and render the page.
10134 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10135 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10137 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10138 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10140 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10141 Render FILE using EWW.
10143 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10145 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10146 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10147 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10149 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10151 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10152 Mode for browsing the web.
10154 \(fn)" t nil)
10156 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10159 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10161 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10162 Display the bookmarks.
10164 \(fn)" t nil)
10166 ;;;***
10168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22387
10169 ;;;;;; 39328 325705 31000))
10170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10172 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10173 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10174 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10176 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10178 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10179 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10180 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10181 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10182 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10184 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10186 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10187 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10188 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10189 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10190 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10191 executable.
10193 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10195 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10196 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10197 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10198 file modes.
10200 \(fn)" nil nil)
10202 ;;;***
10204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22387 39326 605711 172000))
10205 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10207 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10208 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10209 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10210 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10212 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10214 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10215 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10216 to generate such functions.
10218 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10219 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10220 beginning of the expanded text.
10222 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10223 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10224 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10225 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10227 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10229 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10231 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10232 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10233 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10235 \(fn)" nil nil)
10237 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10238 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10239 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10241 \(fn)" t nil)
10243 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10244 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10245 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10247 \(fn)" t nil)
10248 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10249 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10251 ;;;***
10253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22587 59854 959142
10254 ;;;;;; 850000))
10255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10257 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10258 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10259 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10261 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10262 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10263 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10265 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10267 Key definitions:
10268 \\{f90-mode-map}
10270 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10272 `f90-do-indent'
10273 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10274 `f90-if-indent'
10275 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10276 `f90-type-indent'
10277 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10278 `f90-program-indent'
10279 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10280 (default 2).
10281 `f90-associate-indent'
10282 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10283 `f90-critical-indent'
10284 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10285 `f90-continuation-indent'
10286 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10287 `f90-comment-region'
10288 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10289 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10290 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10291 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10292 (default \"!\").
10293 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10294 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10295 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10296 `f90-break-delimiters'
10297 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10298 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10299 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10300 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10301 (default t).
10302 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10303 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10304 `f90-smart-end'
10305 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10306 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10307 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10308 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10309 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10310 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10311 `f90-leave-line-no'
10312 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10314 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10315 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10317 \(fn)" t nil)
10319 ;;;***
10321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22387 39326 606711
10322 ;;;;;; 168000))
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10325 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10326 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10327 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10328 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10330 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10331 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10332 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10333 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10334 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10336 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10337 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10338 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10339 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10340 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10341 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10342 attributes.
10344 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10345 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10347 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10349 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10350 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10351 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10352 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10354 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10356 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10357 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10358 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10359 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10361 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10362 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10363 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10365 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10366 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10367 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10368 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10370 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10372 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10373 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10374 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10376 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10377 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10378 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10379 the same amount).
10381 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10383 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10384 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10385 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10387 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10388 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10389 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10390 will remove any scaling currently active.
10392 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10394 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10395 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10396 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10398 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10399 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10400 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10401 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10402 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10404 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10405 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10407 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10409 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10410 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10412 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10413 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10414 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10416 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10417 the face height as long as the input event read
10418 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10420 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10421 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10422 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10423 will remove any scaling currently active.
10425 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10426 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10427 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10428 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10429 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10431 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10433 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10434 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10435 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10436 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10437 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10438 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10442 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10443 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10444 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10445 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10446 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10447 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10448 `buffer-face-mode'.
10450 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10451 local, and sets it to FACE.
10453 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10455 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10456 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10457 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10458 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10459 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10460 `face' text property.
10462 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10463 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10464 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10465 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10467 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10468 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10470 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10472 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10473 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10474 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10475 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10479 ;;;***
10481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22387 39327
10482 ;;;;;; 901706 545000))
10483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10484 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10486 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10487 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10488 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10489 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10491 \(fn)" nil nil)
10493 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10494 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10498 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10499 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10500 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10501 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10505 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10506 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10507 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10508 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10509 backup file names and the like).
10511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10513 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10514 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10515 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10516 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10517 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10518 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10519 internally by feedmail):
10521 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10522 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10523 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10524 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10526 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10527 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10528 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10529 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10530 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10532 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10534 ;;;***
10536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22387 39326 611711 151000))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10539 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10540 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10541 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10542 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10543 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10544 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10545 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10547 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10549 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10550 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10551 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10552 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10553 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10554 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10555 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10557 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10559 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10561 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10562 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10563 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10564 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10565 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10566 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10568 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10570 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10571 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10572 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10573 Return value:
10574 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10575 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10576 * otherwise, nil
10578 \(fn E)" t nil)
10580 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10581 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10582 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10584 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10586 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10587 Try to get a file name at point.
10588 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10590 \(fn)" nil nil)
10592 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10593 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10595 \(fn)" t nil)
10597 ;;;***
10599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22387 39326 612711
10600 ;;;;;; 147000))
10601 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10603 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10604 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10605 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10606 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10608 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10610 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10611 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10612 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10613 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10614 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10615 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10617 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10619 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10620 Add FILE to the file cache.
10622 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10624 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10625 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10626 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10628 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10630 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10631 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10632 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10634 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10636 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10637 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10638 This function does not use any external programs.
10639 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10640 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10641 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10643 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10645 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10646 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10647 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10648 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10649 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10650 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10651 \(directories) is done.
10653 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10655 ;;;***
10657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22387 39326 612711
10658 ;;;;;; 147000))
10659 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10661 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10662 Handle file system monitoring event.
10663 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10665 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10667 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10669 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10671 ;;;***
10673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22387 39326 613711
10674 ;;;;;; 143000))
10675 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10677 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10678 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10680 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10681 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10682 Local Variables list.
10684 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10685 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10686 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10688 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10690 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10691 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10693 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10695 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10696 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10698 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10699 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10700 the -*- line.
10702 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10703 then this function adds it.
10705 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10707 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10708 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10710 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10712 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10713 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10715 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10717 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10718 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10720 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10722 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10723 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10725 \(fn)" t nil)
10727 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10728 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10730 \(fn)" t nil)
10732 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10733 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10735 \(fn)" t nil)
10737 ;;;***
10739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22387 39326 618711
10740 ;;;;;; 125000))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10743 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10744 Filesets initialization.
10745 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10747 \(fn)" nil nil)
10749 ;;;***
10751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22387 39326 618711
10752 ;;;;;; 125000))
10753 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10754 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10756 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10757 Initiate the building of a find command.
10758 For example:
10760 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10761 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10762 (mtime \"+1\"))
10763 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10765 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10766 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10768 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10770 ;;;***
10772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22387 39326 619711
10773 ;;;;;; 122000))
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10776 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10777 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10778 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10780 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10782 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10783 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10785 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10787 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10788 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10789 and run Dired on those files.
10790 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10791 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10793 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10795 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10797 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10799 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10800 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10801 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10803 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10804 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10806 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10807 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10809 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10811 ;;;***
10813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22387 39326 619711
10814 ;;;;;; 122000))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10817 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10818 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10819 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10820 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10821 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10822 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10823 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10825 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10827 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10828 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10829 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10831 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10833 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10835 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10837 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10838 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10839 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10841 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10842 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10844 Variables of interest include:
10846 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10847 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10848 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10850 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10851 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10852 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10854 - `ff-ignore-include'
10855 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10857 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10858 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10860 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10861 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10863 - `ff-special-constructs'
10864 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10865 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10866 extracting the filename from that construct.
10868 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10869 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10871 - `ff-search-directories'
10872 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10873 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10875 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10876 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10878 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10879 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10881 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10882 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10884 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10885 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10887 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10888 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10890 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10892 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10893 Visit the file you click on.
10895 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10897 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10898 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10900 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10902 ;;;***
10904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22578
10905 ;;;;;; 62356 716212 159000))
10906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10908 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10909 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10910 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10912 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10914 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10915 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10916 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10917 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10919 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10920 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10921 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10922 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10924 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10926 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10927 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10929 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10930 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10931 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10932 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10934 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10935 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10936 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10938 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10939 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10940 in `load-path'.
10942 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10944 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10945 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10947 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10948 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10949 places point before the definition.
10950 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10952 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10953 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10954 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10956 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10958 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10959 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10961 See `find-function' for more details.
10963 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10965 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10966 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10968 See `find-function' for more details.
10970 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10972 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10973 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10975 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10976 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10977 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10979 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10980 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10982 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10984 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10985 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10987 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10988 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10989 places point before the definition.
10991 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10993 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10994 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10995 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10997 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10999 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
11000 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11002 See `find-variable' for more details.
11004 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11006 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11007 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11009 See `find-variable' for more details.
11011 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11013 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11014 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11015 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11016 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11017 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11018 buffer nor display it.
11020 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11021 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11023 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11025 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11026 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11028 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11029 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11030 places point before the definition.
11032 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11034 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11035 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11036 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11038 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11040 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11041 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11042 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11044 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11046 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11047 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11048 See `find-function-on-key'.
11050 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11052 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11053 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11054 See `find-function-on-key'.
11056 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11058 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11059 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11061 \(fn)" t nil)
11063 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11064 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11066 \(fn)" t nil)
11068 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11069 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11071 \(fn)" nil nil)
11073 ;;;***
11075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22387 39326 620711
11076 ;;;;;; 118000))
11077 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11079 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11080 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11082 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11084 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11085 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11087 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11089 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11090 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11092 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11094 ;;;***
11096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22387 39326 621711 115000))
11097 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11098 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11100 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11101 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11103 \(fn)" t nil)
11105 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11106 Display FILE's commentary section.
11107 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11109 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11111 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11112 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11114 \(fn)" t nil)
11116 ;;;***
11118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22387 39326 622711
11119 ;;;;;; 111000))
11120 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11122 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11123 Toggle flow control handling.
11124 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11125 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11127 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11129 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11130 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11131 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11132 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11133 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11134 to get the effect of a C-q.
11136 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11138 ;;;***
11140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22387 39327
11141 ;;;;;; 449708 159000))
11142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11144 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11147 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11149 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11152 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11154 ;;;***
11156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22387 39328
11157 ;;;;;; 328705 20000))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11159 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11161 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11162 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11163 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11164 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11165 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11166 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11170 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11171 Turn flymake mode on.
11173 \(fn)" nil nil)
11175 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11176 Turn flymake mode off.
11178 \(fn)" nil nil)
11180 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11183 \(fn)" nil nil)
11185 ;;;***
11187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22387 39328
11188 ;;;;;; 535704 281000))
11189 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11191 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11192 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11194 \(fn)" t nil)
11195 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11197 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11198 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11200 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11201 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11203 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11204 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11205 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11207 Bindings:
11208 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11209 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11210 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11211 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11213 Hooks:
11214 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11216 Remark:
11217 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11218 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11219 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11221 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11222 consider adding:
11223 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11224 in your init file.
11226 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11227 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11231 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11232 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11234 \(fn)" nil nil)
11236 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11237 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11239 \(fn)" nil nil)
11241 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11242 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11244 \(fn)" nil nil)
11246 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11247 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11249 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11251 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11252 Flyspell whole buffer.
11254 \(fn)" t nil)
11256 ;;;***
11258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22387 39326 622711
11259 ;;;;;; 111000))
11260 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11261 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11263 ;;;***
11265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22387 39326 623711 108000))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11268 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11269 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11271 \(fn)" nil nil)
11273 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11274 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11276 \(fn)" nil nil)
11278 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11279 Toggle Follow mode.
11280 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11281 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11282 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11284 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11285 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11287 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11288 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11289 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11291 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11292 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11293 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11294 movement commands.
11296 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
11297 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
11298 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
11299 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
11300 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11301 mileage may vary).
11303 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11304 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11306 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11308 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11310 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11311 \\{follow-mode-map}
11313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11315 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
11316 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
11317 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11319 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11320 the window will be visible after the scroll.
11322 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11323 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11325 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11329 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
11330 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
11331 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11333 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11334 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
11336 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11337 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11339 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11343 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11344 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11346 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11347 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11349 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11350 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11352 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11356 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11357 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11359 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11360 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11362 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11363 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11365 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11369 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11370 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11372 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11373 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11374 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11375 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11376 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11377 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11379 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11380 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11381 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11385 ;;;***
11387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22387 39327
11388 ;;;;;; 923706 466000))
11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11390 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11392 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11393 Toggle Footnote mode.
11394 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11395 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11396 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11398 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11399 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11400 play around with the following keys:
11401 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11405 ;;;***
11407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22387 39326 627711 93000))
11408 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11410 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11411 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11413 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11414 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11415 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11416 C-c < forms-first-record <
11417 C-c > forms-last-record >
11418 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11419 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11420 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11421 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11422 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11423 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11424 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11425 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11426 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11427 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11429 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11431 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11432 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11434 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11436 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11437 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11439 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11441 ;;;***
11443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22387 39328
11444 ;;;;;; 329705 17000))
11445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11447 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11448 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11449 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11451 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11452 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11454 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11456 Key definitions:
11457 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11459 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11461 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11462 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11463 `fortran-do-indent'
11464 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11465 `fortran-if-indent'
11466 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11467 `fortran-structure-indent'
11468 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11469 (default 3)
11470 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11471 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11472 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11473 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11474 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11475 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11476 nil don't change the indentation
11477 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11478 value of either
11479 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11480 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11481 depending on the continuation format in use.
11482 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11483 indentation for a line of code.
11484 (default `fixed')
11485 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11486 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11487 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11488 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11489 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11490 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11491 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11492 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11493 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11494 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11495 column 5.
11496 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11497 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11498 statements (default nil).
11499 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11500 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11501 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11502 `fortran-continuation-string'
11503 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11504 line (default \"$\").
11505 `fortran-comment-region'
11506 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11507 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11508 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11509 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11510 as typed (default t).
11511 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11512 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11514 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11515 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11517 \(fn)" t nil)
11519 ;;;***
11521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22387 39328 261705
11522 ;;;;;; 259000))
11523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11525 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11526 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11528 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11529 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11531 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11533 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11534 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11536 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11537 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11539 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11541 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11542 Compile fortune file.
11544 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11545 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11547 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11549 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11550 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11552 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11553 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11554 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11555 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11557 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11559 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11560 Display a fortune cookie.
11561 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11562 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11563 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11564 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11566 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11568 ;;;***
11570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22387 39326 628711
11571 ;;;;;; 90000))
11572 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11574 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11575 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11576 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11578 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11579 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11580 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11582 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11583 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11585 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11586 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11588 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11589 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11590 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11591 intend to modify existing values, do
11593 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11595 before changing anything.
11597 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11598 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11600 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11601 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11602 to restore the frame.
11604 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11605 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11606 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11608 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11609 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11610 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11611 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11612 FILTER A filter function.
11614 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11615 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11617 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11619 where
11621 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11622 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11623 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11624 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11625 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11626 before restoring it.
11627 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11629 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11630 It must return:
11631 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11632 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11633 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11635 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11636 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11638 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11639 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11640 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11641 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11642 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11643 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11644 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11646 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11648 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11649 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11651 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11653 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11654 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11655 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11656 If nil, check all live frames.
11658 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11660 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11661 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11662 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11663 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11664 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11665 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11666 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11667 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11668 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11669 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11670 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11672 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11674 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11675 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11677 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11678 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11679 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11680 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11681 and window-state is not restored.
11683 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11684 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11686 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11687 t All existing frames can be reused.
11688 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11689 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11690 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11691 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11693 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11694 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11695 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11696 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11697 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11698 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11699 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11700 be created from that parameter alist.
11702 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11703 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11704 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11705 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11706 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11707 - the live frame just restored,
11708 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11709 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11710 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11712 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11713 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11714 nil Keep all frames.
11715 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11716 - FRAME, a live frame.
11717 - ACTION, which can be one of
11718 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11719 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11720 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11721 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11722 Return value is ignored.
11724 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11725 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11726 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11727 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11728 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11730 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11732 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11734 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11735 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11736 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11738 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11740 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11741 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11742 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11744 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11746 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11747 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11748 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11749 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11751 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11753 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11755 ;;;***
11757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22387 39328
11758 ;;;;;; 261705 259000))
11759 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11760 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11762 ;;;***
11764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22578 62356
11765 ;;;;;; 739212 35000))
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11768 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11769 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11770 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
11771 for a description of this minor mode.")
11773 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11775 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11776 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11777 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11778 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11779 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11780 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11781 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11785 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11786 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
11788 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
11789 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
11790 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
11791 for your debugger.
11792 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
11793 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
11794 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
11795 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
11797 COMMAND-LINE should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11798 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11800 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11801 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11802 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11803 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11805 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11806 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11807 shown in some of the buffers.
11809 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11811 The following commands help control operation :
11813 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11814 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11816 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11817 detailed description of this mode.
11820 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11821 | GDB Toolbar |
11822 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11823 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11824 | | |
11825 | | |
11826 | | |
11827 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11828 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11829 | | (comint-mode) |
11830 | | |
11831 | | |
11832 | | |
11833 | | |
11834 | | |
11835 | | |
11836 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11837 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11838 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11839 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11840 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11841 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11843 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11845 ;;;***
11847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22387 39327
11848 ;;;;;; 306708 669000))
11849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11851 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11852 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11853 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11854 instead (which see).")
11856 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11857 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11859 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11860 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11861 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11862 documentation string instead.
11864 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11865 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11866 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11867 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11868 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11869 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11870 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11871 enders are actually possible.
11873 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11874 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11876 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11877 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11878 `font-lock-keywords'.
11880 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11881 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11882 runs the macro expansion.
11884 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11885 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11886 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11888 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11890 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11892 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11894 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11896 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11897 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11899 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11901 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11902 Enter generic mode MODE.
11904 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11905 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11906 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11908 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11909 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11911 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11913 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11914 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11915 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11916 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11917 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11918 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11919 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11920 `font-lock-keywords'.
11922 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11924 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11926 ;;;***
11928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22387 39328
11929 ;;;;;; 335704 995000))
11930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11932 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11933 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11934 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11935 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11936 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11937 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11941 ;;;***
11943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22387 39327
11944 ;;;;;; 449708 159000))
11945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11947 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11948 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11949 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11951 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11953 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11954 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11956 Guideline for numbers:
11957 1 - error messages
11958 3 - non-serious error messages
11959 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11960 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11961 9 - messages inside loops.
11963 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11965 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11966 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11967 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11969 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11971 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11972 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11974 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11976 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11977 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11979 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11980 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11981 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11982 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11983 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11984 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11986 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11987 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11988 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11989 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11990 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11992 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11994 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11996 ;;;***
11998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22387 39327 493708 2000))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
12000 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
12001 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
12002 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
12004 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
12005 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
12007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12009 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
12010 Read network news.
12011 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12012 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12013 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12014 name of an NNTP server to use.
12015 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12016 server.
12018 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
12020 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
12021 Read news as a slave.
12023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12025 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12026 Pop up a frame to read news.
12027 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12028 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12029 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
12030 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
12031 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12032 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12033 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12034 current display is used.
12036 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12038 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12039 Read network news.
12040 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12041 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12042 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12044 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12046 ;;;***
12048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22387 39327
12049 ;;;;;; 450708 155000))
12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12052 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12053 Start Gnus unplugged.
12055 \(fn)" t nil)
12057 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12058 Start Gnus plugged.
12060 \(fn)" t nil)
12062 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12063 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12067 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12068 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12070 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12071 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12072 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12074 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12075 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12076 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12078 \(fn)" t nil)
12080 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12081 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12083 \(fn)" nil nil)
12085 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12086 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12087 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12088 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12089 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12090 supported.
12092 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12094 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12095 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12096 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12097 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12098 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12099 supported.
12101 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12103 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12104 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12106 \(fn)" nil nil)
12108 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12109 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12110 downloaded into the agent.
12112 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12114 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12115 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12116 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12117 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12119 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12121 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12122 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12124 \(fn)" t nil)
12126 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12127 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12129 \(fn)" t nil)
12131 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12132 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12133 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12135 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12137 ;;;***
12139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22578 62356
12140 ;;;;;; 721212 132000))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12143 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12144 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12146 \(fn)" nil nil)
12148 ;;;***
12150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22387
12151 ;;;;;; 39327 457708 130000))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12154 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12155 Set a bookmark for this article.
12157 \(fn)" t nil)
12159 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12160 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12162 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12164 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12165 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12166 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12167 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12168 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12170 \(fn)" t nil)
12172 ;;;***
12174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22387 39327
12175 ;;;;;; 457708 130000))
12176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12178 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12179 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12181 Usage:
12182 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12184 \(fn)" t nil)
12186 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12187 Generate the cache active file.
12189 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12191 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12192 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12194 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12196 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12197 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12198 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12199 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12200 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12201 supported.
12203 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12205 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12206 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12207 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12208 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12209 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12210 supported.
12212 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12214 ;;;***
12216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22387 39327
12217 ;;;;;; 460708 119000))
12218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12220 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12221 Delay this article by some time.
12222 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12224 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12225 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12227 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12228 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12230 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12231 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12233 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12235 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12236 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12238 \(fn)" t nil)
12240 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12241 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12242 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12243 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12245 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12246 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12248 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12250 ;;;***
12252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22387 39327
12253 ;;;;;; 461708 116000))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12256 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12259 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12261 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12264 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12266 ;;;***
12268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22387 39327
12269 ;;;;;; 461708 116000))
12270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12272 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12273 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12275 \(fn)" t nil)
12277 ;;;***
12279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22387 39327
12280 ;;;;;; 461708 116000))
12281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12283 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12284 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12286 \(fn)" t nil)
12288 ;;;***
12290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22387 39327
12291 ;;;;;; 463708 109000))
12292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12294 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12295 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12297 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12299 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12301 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12302 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12304 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12306 \(fn)" t nil)
12308 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12309 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12311 \(fn)" t nil)
12313 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12314 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12316 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12317 different input formats.
12319 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12321 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12322 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12324 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12325 different input formats.
12327 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12329 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12330 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12331 The PNG is returned as a string.
12333 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12335 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12336 Convert FILE to a Face.
12337 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12338 726 bytes.
12340 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12342 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12343 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12345 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12347 \(fn)" t nil)
12349 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12350 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12352 \(fn)" nil nil)
12354 ;;;***
12356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22387
12357 ;;;;;; 39327 463708 109000))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12360 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12361 Display gravatar in the From header.
12362 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12364 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12366 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12367 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12368 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12370 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12372 ;;;***
12374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22387 39327
12375 ;;;;;; 465708 101000))
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12378 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12379 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12380 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12381 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12383 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12385 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12386 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12388 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12390 ;;;***
12392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22387 39327
12393 ;;;;;; 466708 98000))
12394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12396 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12399 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12401 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12404 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12406 ;;;***
12408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22387 39327
12409 ;;;;;; 469708 87000))
12410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12412 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12414 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12415 Run batched scoring.
12416 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12418 \(fn)" t nil)
12420 ;;;***
12422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22387 39327 470708
12423 ;;;;;; 83000))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12426 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12429 \(fn)" nil nil)
12431 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12432 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12433 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12435 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12437 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12438 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12440 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12444 ;;;***
12446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22387 39327
12447 ;;;;;; 470708 83000))
12448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12450 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12451 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12452 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12453 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12454 group parameters.
12456 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12457 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12458 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12459 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12461 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12462 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12463 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12464 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12465 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12466 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12467 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12468 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12469 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12470 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12472 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12474 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12475 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12476 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12477 nil CATCH-ALL).
12479 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12480 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12482 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12484 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12485 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12486 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12488 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12490 \(fn)" nil nil)
12492 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12493 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12494 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12496 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12498 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12499 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12500 existing groups are considered.
12502 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12503 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12504 returned.
12506 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12507 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12508 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12509 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12510 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12511 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12512 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12513 clauses will be generated.
12515 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12516 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12517 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12518 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12519 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12520 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12522 For example, given the following group parameters:
12524 nnml:mail.bar:
12525 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12526 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12527 nnml:mail.foo:
12528 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12529 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12530 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12531 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12532 nnml:mail.others:
12533 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12535 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12537 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12538 \"mail.bar\")
12539 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12540 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12541 \"mail.others\")
12543 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12545 ;;;***
12547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22387 39327
12548 ;;;;;; 471708 80000))
12549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12551 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12552 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12553 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12554 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12555 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12556 instead.
12558 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12560 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12561 Mail to ADDRESS.
12563 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12565 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12566 Like `message-reply'.
12568 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12570 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12572 ;;;***
12574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12575 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 472708 76000))
12576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12578 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12579 Send a notification on new message.
12580 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12581 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12582 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12584 This is typically a function to add in
12585 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12587 \(fn)" nil nil)
12589 ;;;***
12591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22387 39327
12592 ;;;;;; 472708 76000))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12595 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12596 Display picons in the From header.
12597 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12599 \(fn)" t nil)
12601 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12602 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12603 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12605 \(fn)" t nil)
12607 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12608 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12609 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12611 \(fn)" t nil)
12613 ;;;***
12615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22387 39327
12616 ;;;;;; 473708 73000))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12619 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12620 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12621 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12622 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12624 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12626 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12627 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12628 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12629 LIST1 is modified.
12631 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12633 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12634 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12635 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12637 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12639 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12642 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12644 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12645 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12646 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12648 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12650 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12651 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12652 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12654 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12656 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12658 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12659 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12660 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12662 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12664 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12665 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12666 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12668 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12670 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12671 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12672 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12674 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12676 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12677 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12679 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12681 ;;;***
12683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22387
12684 ;;;;;; 39327 473708 73000))
12685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12687 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12688 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12690 \(fn)" t nil)
12692 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12693 Install the registry hooks.
12695 \(fn)" t nil)
12697 ;;;***
12699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22387 39327
12700 ;;;;;; 476708 62000))
12701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12703 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12704 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12705 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12706 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12707 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12708 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12710 \(fn)" t nil)
12712 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12713 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12714 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12715 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12716 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12718 \(fn)" t nil)
12720 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12723 \(fn)" t nil)
12725 ;;;***
12727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22387 39327
12728 ;;;;;; 476708 62000))
12729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12731 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12732 Update the format specification near point.
12734 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12736 ;;;***
12738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22387 39327
12739 ;;;;;; 479708 51000))
12740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12742 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12743 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12745 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12747 ;;;***
12749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22387 39327
12750 ;;;;;; 482708 41000))
12751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12753 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12754 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12755 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12757 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12759 ;;;***
12761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22387 39327
12762 ;;;;;; 486708 26000))
12763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12765 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12766 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12768 \(fn)" t nil)
12770 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12771 Install the sync hooks.
12773 \(fn)" t nil)
12775 ;;;***
12777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22387 39327
12778 ;;;;;; 491708 8000))
12779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12781 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12782 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12784 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12786 ;;;***
12788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22387 39327 974706
12789 ;;;;;; 284000))
12790 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12792 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12793 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12794 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12795 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12796 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12797 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12799 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12801 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12803 ;;;***
12805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22387 39328 263705
12806 ;;;;;; 252000))
12807 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12809 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12810 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12812 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12813 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12814 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12816 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12817 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12818 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12820 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12821 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12823 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12824 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12826 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12828 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12830 ;;;***
12832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22387 39327
12833 ;;;;;; 974706 284000))
12834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12836 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12838 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12839 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12840 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12841 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12842 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12844 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12846 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12847 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12848 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12849 or to send e-mail.
12850 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12851 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12853 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12854 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12856 \(fn)" t nil)
12857 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12859 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12860 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12862 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12863 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12867 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12868 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12872 ;;;***
12874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22387 39327
12875 ;;;;;; 494707 998000))
12876 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12878 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12879 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12880 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12882 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12884 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12885 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12887 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12889 ;;;***
12891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22387 39328 336704
12892 ;;;;;; 992000))
12893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12895 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12896 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12898 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12900 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12901 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12902 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12903 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12904 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12906 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12907 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12908 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12910 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12912 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12913 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12914 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12915 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12916 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12918 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12920 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12921 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12923 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12925 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12926 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12928 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12929 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12930 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12932 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12933 The default find program.
12934 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12935 and others.")
12937 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12938 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12939 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12940 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12942 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12943 How to invoke find and grep.
12944 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12945 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12946 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12947 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12949 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12951 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12952 History list for grep.")
12954 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12955 History list for grep-find.")
12957 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12958 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12959 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12961 \(fn)" nil nil)
12963 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12966 \(fn)" nil nil)
12968 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12969 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12971 \(fn)" nil nil)
12973 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12974 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12975 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12976 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12977 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12979 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12980 arguments.
12982 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12983 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12985 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12986 can easily repeat a grep command.
12988 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12989 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12990 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12991 list is empty).
12993 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12995 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12996 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12997 Collect output in a buffer.
12998 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12999 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
13001 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
13002 easily repeat a find command.
13004 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
13006 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
13008 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
13009 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
13010 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13011 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13012 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13014 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13015 before it is executed.
13016 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
13018 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
13019 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13020 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13022 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
13024 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13026 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
13027 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13028 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13029 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13030 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13032 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13033 before it is executed.
13034 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13036 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
13037 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13038 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
13039 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
13041 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13043 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
13044 to specify a command to run.
13046 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13048 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
13049 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13050 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13051 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13053 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13055 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13057 ;;;***
13059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22387 39326 630711 83000))
13060 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13062 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13063 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13064 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13065 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13066 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13068 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13070 ;;;***
13072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22432 21609 981325
13073 ;;;;;; 89000))
13074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13076 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13077 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13078 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13079 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13080 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13081 for your debugger.
13082 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13083 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13084 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13085 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13087 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13089 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13090 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13091 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13092 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13094 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13096 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13097 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13098 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13099 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13101 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13103 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13104 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13105 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13106 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13108 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13109 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13111 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13113 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13114 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13115 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13116 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13118 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13120 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13121 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13122 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13123 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13125 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13127 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13128 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13129 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13130 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13132 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13134 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13135 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13136 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13137 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13138 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13140 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13141 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13142 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13143 original source file access method.
13145 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13146 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13148 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13150 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13151 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13153 \(fn)" t nil)
13155 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13156 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13157 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
13158 for a description of this minor mode.
13159 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13160 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13161 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13163 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13165 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13166 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13167 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13168 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13169 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13173 ;;;***
13175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22490 22723 681600
13176 ;;;;;; 690000))
13177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13179 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13180 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13181 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13182 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13183 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13184 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13185 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13186 set it to.
13187 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13189 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13191 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13192 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13193 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13194 of PLACE.
13195 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13196 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13197 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13198 and SETTER.
13199 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13200 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13202 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13204 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13206 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13207 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13208 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13209 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13210 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13212 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13214 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13216 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13219 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13221 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13223 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13225 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13226 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13227 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13228 well for simple place forms.
13229 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13230 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13231 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13232 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13233 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13234 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13235 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13237 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13239 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13241 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13242 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13243 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13244 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13245 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13247 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13248 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13249 (let ((temp VAL))
13250 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13251 temp)
13252 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13254 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13256 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13257 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13258 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13259 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13260 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13261 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13263 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13265 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13267 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13268 Return a reference to PLACE.
13269 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13270 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13271 simple PLACEs such as (symbol-function \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13272 binding mode.
13274 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13276 ;;;***
13278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22387 39328
13279 ;;;;;; 263705 252000))
13280 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13282 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13283 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13284 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13285 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13287 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13288 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13289 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13290 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13292 \(fn)" t nil)
13294 ;;;***
13296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22387 39328 264705
13297 ;;;;;; 249000))
13298 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13300 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13301 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13303 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13305 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13306 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13307 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13308 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13310 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13312 \(fn)" t nil)
13314 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13315 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13316 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13317 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13318 to be updated.
13320 \(fn)" t nil)
13322 ;;;***
13324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22387 39327
13325 ;;;;;; 924706 463000))
13326 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13328 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13329 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13331 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13333 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13334 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13335 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13337 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13339 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13340 Verify a hashcash payment
13342 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13344 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13345 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13346 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13347 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13348 `mail-add-payment-async').
13350 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13352 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13353 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13354 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13355 Calculation is asynchronous.
13357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13359 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13360 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13361 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13365 ;;;***
13367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22387 39326 631711
13368 ;;;;;; 79000))
13369 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13371 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13372 Return the help-echo string at point.
13373 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13374 property, or nil, is returned.
13375 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13376 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13377 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13379 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13381 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13382 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13383 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13384 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13385 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13387 \(fn)" nil nil)
13389 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13390 Display local help in the echo area.
13391 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13392 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13393 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13394 printed instead.
13396 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13397 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13398 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13402 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13403 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13404 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13406 \(fn)" t nil)
13408 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13409 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13410 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13412 \(fn)" t nil)
13414 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13415 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13416 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13417 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13418 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13419 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13420 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13421 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13422 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13423 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13424 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13426 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13427 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13428 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13429 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13430 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13432 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13433 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13434 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13435 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13436 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13437 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13438 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13439 The default is `never'.")
13441 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13443 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13444 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13445 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13446 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13447 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13448 considered different regions.
13450 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13451 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13452 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13453 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13454 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13455 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13456 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13457 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13458 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13460 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13462 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13463 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13464 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13465 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13466 different regions.
13468 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13469 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13470 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13471 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13472 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13473 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13474 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13475 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13477 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13478 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13479 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13480 rarely happens in practice.
13482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13484 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13485 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13486 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13487 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13488 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13489 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13493 ;;;***
13495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22578 62356 721212
13496 ;;;;;; 132000))
13497 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13499 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13500 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13501 When called from lisp, FUNCTION may also be a function object.
13503 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13505 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13506 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13507 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13509 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13511 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13512 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13513 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13514 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13515 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13516 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13517 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13519 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13520 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13521 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13522 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13523 suitable file is found, return nil.
13525 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13527 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13530 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13532 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13533 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13534 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13535 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13537 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13539 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13540 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13541 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13542 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13543 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13544 it is displayed along with the global value.
13546 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13548 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13549 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13550 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13551 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13552 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13553 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13555 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13557 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13558 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13559 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13560 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13562 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13564 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13565 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13566 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13567 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13568 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13570 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13572 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13573 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13575 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13577 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13578 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13580 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13582 ;;;***
13584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22387 39326 632711
13585 ;;;;;; 75000))
13586 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13588 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13589 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13590 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13591 window listing and describing the options.
13592 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13593 gives the window that lists the options.")
13595 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13597 ;;;***
13599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22578 62356 721212
13600 ;;;;;; 132000))
13601 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13603 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13604 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13605 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13606 Commands:
13607 \\{help-mode-map}
13609 \(fn)" t nil)
13611 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13612 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13614 \(fn)" nil nil)
13616 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13617 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13619 \(fn)" nil nil)
13621 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13622 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13624 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13625 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13626 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13627 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13629 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13630 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13631 restore it properly when going back.
13633 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13635 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13636 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13637 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13638 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13639 from `help-mode'.
13640 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13641 it does not already exist.
13643 \(fn)" nil nil)
13645 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13646 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13648 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13649 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13650 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13651 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13652 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13653 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13654 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13655 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13657 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13658 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13659 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13660 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13662 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13663 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13664 that.
13666 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13668 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13669 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13670 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13671 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13672 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13673 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13675 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13677 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13678 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13679 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13680 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13681 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13683 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13685 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13686 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13688 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13690 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13692 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13693 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13694 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13695 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13697 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13699 ;;;***
13701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22387 39327
13702 ;;;;;; 307708 665000))
13703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13705 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13706 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13708 \(fn)" t nil)
13710 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13711 Provide help for current mode.
13713 \(fn)" t nil)
13715 ;;;***
13717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22387 39326 635711 65000))
13718 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13720 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13721 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13722 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13723 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13724 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13726 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13727 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13729 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13730 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13731 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13732 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13734 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13735 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13736 periods.
13738 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13739 in hexl format.
13741 A sample format:
13743 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13744 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13745 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13746 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13747 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13748 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13749 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13750 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13751 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13752 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13753 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13754 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13755 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13756 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13757 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13759 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13760 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13761 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13763 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13764 also supported.
13766 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13768 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13769 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13770 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13772 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13773 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13774 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13776 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13777 into the buffer at the current point.
13779 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13780 into the buffer at the current point.
13782 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13783 into the buffer at the current point.
13785 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13787 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13788 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13790 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13792 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13796 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13797 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13798 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13799 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13801 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13803 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13804 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13805 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13807 \(fn)" t nil)
13809 ;;;***
13811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22387 39326 636711
13812 ;;;;;; 61000))
13813 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13815 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13816 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13821 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13822 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13823 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13824 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13826 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13827 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13828 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13829 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13831 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13832 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13833 which can be called interactively, are:
13835 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13836 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13838 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13839 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13840 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13841 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13843 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13844 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13846 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13847 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13848 available face automatically.
13850 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13851 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13853 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13854 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13855 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13856 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13857 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13858 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13859 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13860 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13861 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13862 function returns t.
13864 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13865 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13867 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13868 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13869 form:
13870 Hi-lock: FOO
13872 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13873 position (number of characters into buffer)
13874 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13875 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13876 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13880 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13881 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13882 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
13883 for a description of this minor mode.
13884 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13885 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13886 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13888 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13890 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13891 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13892 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13893 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13894 ARG is omitted or nil.
13896 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13897 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13898 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13902 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13904 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13905 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13906 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13907 Use the global history list for FACE.
13909 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13910 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13911 highlighting will not update as you type.
13913 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13915 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13917 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13918 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13919 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13920 Use the global history list for FACE.
13922 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13923 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13924 highlighting will not update as you type.
13926 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13928 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13930 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13931 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13932 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13933 Use the global history list for FACE.
13935 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13936 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13937 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13939 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13940 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13941 highlighting will not update as you type.
13943 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13945 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13947 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13948 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13949 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13950 unless you use a prefix argument.
13951 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13953 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13954 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13956 \(fn)" t nil)
13958 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13960 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13961 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13962 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13963 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13964 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13965 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13967 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13969 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13970 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13972 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13973 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13974 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13976 \(fn)" t nil)
13978 ;;;***
13980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22387 39328
13981 ;;;;;; 338704 984000))
13982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13984 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13985 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13986 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13987 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13988 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13990 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13991 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13992 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13993 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13995 `hide-ifdef-env'
13996 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13997 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13998 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13999 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
14000 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
14001 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
14002 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
14004 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
14005 An association list of defined symbol lists.
14006 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
14007 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
14008 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
14010 `hide-ifdef-lines'
14011 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
14012 #endif lines when hiding.
14014 `hide-ifdef-initially'
14015 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
14016 is activated.
14018 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
14019 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
14020 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
14022 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
14024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14026 ;;;***
14028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22387 39328
14029 ;;;;;; 339704 981000))
14030 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
14032 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
14033 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14034 Each element has the form
14035 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14037 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14038 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14040 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14041 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14043 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14044 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14045 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14046 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14047 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14048 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14050 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14051 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14053 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14054 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14056 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14057 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14058 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14060 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14061 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14062 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14063 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14064 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14066 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14067 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14068 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14070 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14071 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14072 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14074 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14075 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14077 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14079 Key bindings:
14080 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14084 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14085 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14087 \(fn)" nil nil)
14089 ;;;***
14091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22387 39326 637711
14092 ;;;;;; 58000))
14093 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14095 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14096 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14098 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14099 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14101 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14102 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14103 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14104 this on and off.
14106 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14107 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14108 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14109 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14110 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14111 through various faces.
14112 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14113 buffer with the contents of a file
14114 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14118 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14119 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14120 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14121 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14122 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14124 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14125 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14126 in a distinctive face.
14128 The default value can be customized with variable
14129 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14131 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14135 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14136 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14137 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14139 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14141 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14142 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14144 \(fn)" t nil)
14146 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14147 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14149 \(fn)" t nil)
14151 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14152 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14154 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14155 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14156 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14157 shown in the last face in the list.
14159 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14160 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14161 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14163 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14165 \(fn)" t nil)
14167 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14168 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14170 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14172 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14173 to save the file.
14175 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14176 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14178 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14179 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14180 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14182 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14184 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14185 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14187 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14188 this function is called interactively.
14190 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14191 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14192 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14194 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14195 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14196 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14198 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14200 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14201 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14202 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
14203 for a description of this minor mode.
14204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14206 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14208 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14210 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14211 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14212 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14213 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14214 ARG is omitted or nil.
14216 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14217 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14218 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14222 ;;;***
14224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22387 39326 638711
14225 ;;;;;; 54000))
14226 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14227 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14229 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14230 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14231 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14232 or insert functions in this list.")
14234 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14236 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14237 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14238 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14239 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14240 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14241 expansions.
14242 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14243 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14244 undoes the expansion.
14246 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14248 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14249 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14250 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14251 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14253 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14255 ;;;***
14257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22387 39326 638711
14258 ;;;;;; 54000))
14259 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14261 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14262 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14264 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14265 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14267 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14268 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14269 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14270 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14271 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14272 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14274 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14275 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14276 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14277 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14281 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14282 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14283 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
14284 for a description of this minor mode.
14285 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14286 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14287 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14289 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14291 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14292 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14294 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14295 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14297 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14298 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14299 windows.
14301 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14302 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14306 ;;;***
14308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22387 39327
14309 ;;;;;; 110709 369000))
14310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14312 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14313 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14314 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14316 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14318 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14320 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14321 Oriental holidays.
14322 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14324 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14326 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14328 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14329 Local holidays.
14330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14332 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14334 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14336 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14337 User defined holidays.
14338 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14340 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14342 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14344 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14345 Jewish holidays.
14346 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14348 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14350 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14352 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14353 Christian holidays.
14354 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14356 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14358 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14360 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14361 Islamic holidays.
14362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14364 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14366 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14368 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14369 Bahá’í holidays.
14370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14372 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14374 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14376 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14377 Sun-related holidays.
14378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14380 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14382 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14384 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14386 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14387 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14388 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14389 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14393 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14394 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14395 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14396 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14397 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14399 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14400 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14402 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14403 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14405 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14406 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14407 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14408 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14409 of a holiday list.
14411 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14413 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14415 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14417 ;;;***
14419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22387 39327
14420 ;;;;;; 495707 994000))
14421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14423 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14424 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14426 \(fn)" t nil)
14428 ;;;***
14430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22387 39326
14431 ;;;;;; 639711 51000))
14432 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14433 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14435 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14436 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14437 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14438 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14439 as possible.
14441 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14442 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14443 fontified display.
14445 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14446 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14448 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14449 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14450 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14452 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14454 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14455 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14456 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14458 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14460 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14462 ;;;***
14464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22387 39326 641711
14465 ;;;;;; 43000))
14466 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14468 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14469 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14471 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14472 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14473 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14475 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14476 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14477 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14478 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14479 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14480 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14482 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14483 title of the column.
14485 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14486 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14487 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14488 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14489 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14491 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14493 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14495 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14496 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14497 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14498 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14499 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14501 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14502 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14503 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14505 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14507 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14509 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14511 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14512 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14513 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14514 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14515 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14516 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14518 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14519 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14520 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14521 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14522 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14523 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14524 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14525 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14526 values are:
14527 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14528 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14529 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14530 buffer's modification flag.
14531 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14532 prompted before performing this operation.
14533 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14534 operation is complete, in the form:
14535 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14536 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14537 confirmation message, in the form:
14538 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14539 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14540 macro for exactly what it does.
14542 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14544 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14546 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14548 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14549 Define a filter named NAME.
14550 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14551 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14552 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14554 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14555 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14556 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14557 bound to the current value of the filter.
14559 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14561 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14563 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14565 ;;;***
14567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22387 39326 642711
14568 ;;;;;; 40000))
14569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14571 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14572 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14573 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14574 buffers which are visiting a file.
14576 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14578 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14579 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14580 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14581 buffers which are visiting a file.
14583 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14585 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14586 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14587 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14589 All arguments are optional.
14590 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14591 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14592 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14593 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14594 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14595 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14596 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14597 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14598 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14599 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14600 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14601 that value locally in this buffer.
14603 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14605 ;;;***
14607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22578
14608 ;;;;;; 62356 713212 175000))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14610 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14612 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14613 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14614 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14615 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14617 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14619 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14620 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14621 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14622 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14623 ICAL-FILENAME.
14624 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14625 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14626 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14628 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14630 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14631 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14632 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14633 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14634 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14635 non-marking or not.
14637 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14639 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14640 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14642 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14643 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14644 DIARY-FILE.
14646 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14647 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14648 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14650 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14651 non-marking.
14653 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14654 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14655 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14657 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14659 ;;;***
14661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22387 39326 643711
14662 ;;;;;; 36000))
14663 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14665 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14666 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14667 See the `icomplete-mode' command
14668 for a description of this minor mode.
14669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14671 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14673 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14675 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14676 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14677 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14678 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14679 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14681 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14682 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14683 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14684 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14686 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14687 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14689 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14690 completions:
14692 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14695 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14696 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14697 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14698 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14700 ;;;***
14702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22387 39328 340704
14703 ;;;;;; 977000))
14704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14706 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14707 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14708 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14709 Tab indents for Icon code.
14710 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14711 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14712 \\{icon-mode-map}
14713 Variables controlling indentation style:
14714 icon-tab-always-indent
14715 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14716 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14717 icon-auto-newline
14718 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14719 inserted in Icon code.
14720 icon-indent-level
14721 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14722 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14723 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14724 icon-continued-statement-offset
14725 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14726 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14727 icon-continued-brace-offset
14728 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14729 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14730 icon-brace-offset
14731 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14732 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14733 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14734 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14736 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14737 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14739 \(fn)" t nil)
14741 ;;;***
14743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22387
14744 ;;;;;; 39328 342704 970000))
14745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14747 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14748 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14749 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14750 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14752 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14753 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14754 separate frames.
14756 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14757 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14759 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14760 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14761 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14763 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14765 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14767 ;;;***
14769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22578 62356
14770 ;;;;;; 741212 24000))
14771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14772 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14774 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14775 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14777 The main features of this mode are
14779 1. Indentation and Formatting
14780 --------------------------
14781 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14782 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14784 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14785 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14786 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14787 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14789 Comments are indented as follows:
14791 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14792 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14793 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14795 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14797 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14798 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14799 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14800 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14801 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14802 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14804 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14805 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14806 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14807 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14809 2. Routine Info
14810 ------------
14811 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14812 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14813 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14814 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14815 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14816 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14817 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14818 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14819 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14820 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14822 3. Online IDL Help
14823 ---------------
14825 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14826 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14827 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14828 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14830 4. Completion
14831 ----------
14832 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14833 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14834 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14835 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14836 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14837 upper case.
14839 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14840 --------------------------------
14841 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14842 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14844 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14845 \\fu FUNCTION template
14846 \\c CASE statement template
14847 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14848 \\f FOR loop template
14849 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14850 \\w WHILE loop template
14851 \\i IF statement template
14852 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14853 \\b BEGIN
14855 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14856 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14858 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14859 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14860 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14861 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14863 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14864 -------------------------
14865 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14866 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14868 7. Automatic END completion
14869 ------------------------
14870 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14871 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14873 8. Hooks
14874 -----
14875 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14876 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14878 9. Documentation and Customization
14879 -------------------------------
14880 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14881 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14882 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14883 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14884 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14885 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14887 10.Keybindings
14888 -----------
14889 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14890 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14891 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14893 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14895 \(fn)" t nil)
14897 ;;;***
14899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22387 39326 645711 29000))
14900 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14902 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14903 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14904 The following values are possible:
14905 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14906 displaying...)
14907 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14908 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14909 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14912 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14914 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14916 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14917 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14918 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14919 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14920 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14921 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14922 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14923 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14924 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14928 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14929 Switch to another buffer.
14930 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14931 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14932 in another frame.
14934 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14935 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14936 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14937 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14938 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14940 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14941 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14943 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14945 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14946 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14947 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14948 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14949 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14950 in a separate window.
14951 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14952 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14953 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14954 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14955 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14956 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14957 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14958 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14959 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14961 \(fn)" t nil)
14963 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14964 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14965 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14966 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14968 \(fn)" t nil)
14970 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14971 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14972 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14973 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14975 \(fn)" t nil)
14977 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14978 Kill a buffer.
14979 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14980 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14982 \(fn)" t nil)
14984 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14985 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14986 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14987 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14989 \(fn)" t nil)
14991 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14992 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14993 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14994 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14996 \(fn)" t nil)
14998 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14999 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
15001 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15003 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
15004 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
15005 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
15006 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
15007 in another frame.
15009 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
15010 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
15011 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
15012 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
15013 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
15014 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
15016 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
15017 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15019 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
15021 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15022 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15023 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
15024 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15025 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15026 in a separate window.
15027 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
15028 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15029 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
15030 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
15031 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
15032 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
15033 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
15034 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
15035 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
15036 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
15037 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
15038 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
15039 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15040 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15041 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15042 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15043 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15044 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15046 \(fn)" t nil)
15048 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15049 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15050 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15051 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15053 \(fn)" t nil)
15055 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15056 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15057 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15058 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15060 \(fn)" t nil)
15062 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15063 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15064 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15065 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15067 \(fn)" t nil)
15069 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15070 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15071 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15072 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15074 \(fn)" t nil)
15076 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15077 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15078 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15079 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15081 \(fn)" t nil)
15083 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15084 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15085 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15086 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15088 \(fn)" t nil)
15090 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15091 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15092 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15093 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15095 \(fn)" t nil)
15097 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15098 Write current buffer to a file.
15099 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15100 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15102 \(fn)" t nil)
15104 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15105 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15106 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15107 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15109 \(fn)" t nil)
15111 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15112 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15113 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15114 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15116 \(fn)" t nil)
15118 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15119 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15120 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15121 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15122 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15123 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15125 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15127 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15128 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15129 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15130 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15132 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15134 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15135 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15136 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15137 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15139 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15141 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15142 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15143 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15144 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15145 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15146 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15147 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15148 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15149 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15150 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15151 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15152 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15153 with point positioned at the end.
15154 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15155 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15157 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15159 ;;;***
15161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22387 39326 646711 25000))
15162 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15164 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15165 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15166 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15167 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15169 \(fn)" t nil)
15171 ;;;***
15173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22387 39326 646711 25000))
15174 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15176 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15178 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15179 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15180 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15181 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15182 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15183 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15187 ;;;***
15189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22387 39326 650711 11000))
15190 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15192 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15193 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15194 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15195 be determined.
15197 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15199 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15200 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15201 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15202 be determined.
15204 \(fn)" nil nil)
15206 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15207 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15208 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15209 be determined.
15211 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15213 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15214 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15215 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15216 be determined.
15218 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15220 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15221 Determine and return image type.
15222 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15223 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15224 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15225 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15226 use its file extension as image type.
15227 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15229 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15231 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15232 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15233 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15235 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15237 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15238 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15239 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15241 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15242 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15243 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15244 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15245 must be available.
15247 \(fn)" nil nil)
15249 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15250 Create an image.
15251 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15252 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15253 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15254 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15255 use its file extension as image type.
15256 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15257 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15258 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15259 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15261 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15263 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15264 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15265 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15267 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15269 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15270 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15271 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15272 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15273 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15274 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15275 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15276 POS may be an integer or marker.
15277 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15278 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15279 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15280 means display it in the right marginal area.
15282 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15284 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15285 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15286 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15287 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15288 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15289 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15290 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15291 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15292 means display it in the right marginal area.
15293 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15294 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15295 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15296 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15297 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15299 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15301 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15302 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15303 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15304 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15305 STRING is a single space.
15306 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15307 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15308 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15309 means display it in the right marginal area.
15310 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15312 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15314 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15315 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15316 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15317 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15319 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15321 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15322 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15324 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15326 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15327 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15328 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15329 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15330 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15331 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15332 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15333 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15334 satisfied.
15336 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15338 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15340 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15342 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15343 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15345 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15346 documentation string.
15348 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15349 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15350 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15351 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15352 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15353 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15354 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15355 define SYMBOL.
15357 Example:
15359 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15360 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15362 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15364 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15366 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15367 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15368 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15369 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15371 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15372 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15373 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15374 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15376 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15378 \(fn)" nil nil)
15380 ;;;***
15382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22387 39326
15383 ;;;;;; 648711 18000))
15384 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15385 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15387 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15388 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15389 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15390 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15391 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15392 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15396 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15397 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15399 Convenience command that:
15401 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15402 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15403 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15405 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15406 image files in dired and type
15407 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15409 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15411 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15412 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15414 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15416 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15417 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15418 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15419 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15420 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15421 another one).
15423 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15424 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15425 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15427 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15428 instead of erasing it first.
15430 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15431 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15432 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15433 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15434 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15435 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15437 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15439 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15440 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15441 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15442 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15443 displayed.
15445 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15447 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15449 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15451 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15452 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15456 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15457 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15458 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15460 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15462 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15463 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15465 \(fn)" t nil)
15467 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15468 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15469 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15470 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15472 \(fn)" t nil)
15474 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15475 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15477 \(fn)" t nil)
15479 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15480 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15482 \(fn)" t nil)
15484 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15485 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15487 \(fn)" t nil)
15489 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15490 Display current image file.
15491 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15492 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15496 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15497 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15499 \(fn)" t nil)
15501 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15502 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15503 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15504 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15505 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15506 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15507 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15509 \(fn)" t nil)
15511 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15512 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15513 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15514 easy-to-use form.
15516 \(fn)" t nil)
15518 ;;;***
15520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22387 39326 649711
15521 ;;;;;; 15000))
15522 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15524 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15525 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15526 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15527 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15529 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15530 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15531 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15532 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15534 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15536 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15537 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15538 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15539 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15541 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15542 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15543 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15544 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15546 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15548 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15549 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15551 \(fn)" nil nil)
15553 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15554 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15555 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15556 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15558 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15560 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15561 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15562 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
15563 for a description of this minor mode.
15564 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15565 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15566 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15568 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15570 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15571 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15572 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15573 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15574 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15576 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15577 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15578 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15582 ;;;***
15584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22387 39326 649711
15585 ;;;;;; 15000))
15586 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15588 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15589 Major mode for image files.
15590 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15591 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15593 Key bindings:
15594 \\{image-mode-map}
15596 \(fn)" t nil)
15598 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15599 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15604 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15605 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15606 actual image.
15608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15610 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15611 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15612 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15613 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15614 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15615 to display an image file as the actual image.
15617 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15618 to display an image file as text initially.
15620 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15621 on these modes.
15623 \(fn)" t nil)
15625 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15628 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15630 ;;;***
15632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22387 39326 651711 8000))
15633 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15635 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15636 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15638 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15640 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15641 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15642 in the buffer.
15644 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15646 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15647 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15648 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15650 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15652 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15653 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15654 Each element of this list should have the form
15656 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15658 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15659 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15660 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15661 matches are put).
15662 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15663 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15664 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15665 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15666 another element.
15667 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15668 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15669 the menu item.
15670 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15671 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15672 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15673 the ARGUMENTS.
15675 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15676 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15677 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15679 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15680 create a buffer index.
15682 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15683 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15684 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15685 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15686 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15688 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15690 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15691 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15693 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15694 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15695 called within a `save-excursion'.
15697 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15699 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15701 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15702 Function for finding the next index position.
15704 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15705 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15706 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15707 file.
15709 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15710 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15712 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15714 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15715 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15717 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15718 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15719 It should return the name for that index item.")
15721 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15723 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15724 Function to compare string with index item.
15726 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15727 non-nil if they match.
15729 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15730 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15731 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15732 arguments match\".")
15734 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15736 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15737 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15738 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15740 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15741 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15743 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15745 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15747 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15748 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15749 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15750 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15752 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15754 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15755 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15757 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15759 \(fn)" t nil)
15761 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15762 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15763 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15764 for more information.
15766 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15768 ;;;***
15770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22578 62356
15771 ;;;;;; 725212 110000))
15772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15774 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15775 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15777 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15779 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15782 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15784 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15787 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15789 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15792 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15794 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15795 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15797 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15799 ;;;***
15801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22387 39328
15802 ;;;;;; 351704 938000))
15803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15805 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15806 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15807 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15808 to that buffer.
15809 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15810 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15811 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15812 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15814 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15816 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15818 ;;;***
15820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22578 62356 723212 121000))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15823 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15824 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15825 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15826 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15827 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15828 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15829 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15830 first in this list.
15832 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15833 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15834 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15835 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15836 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15838 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15839 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15840 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15842 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15843 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15845 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15846 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15848 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15849 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15850 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15851 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15852 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15853 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15854 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15855 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15856 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15857 with the top-level Info directory.
15859 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15860 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15862 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15864 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15865 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15866 in all the directories in that path.
15868 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15870 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15872 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15873 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15875 \(fn)" t nil)
15877 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15878 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15880 \(fn)" t nil)
15882 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15883 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15884 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15885 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15887 \(fn)" nil nil)
15889 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15890 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15891 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15892 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15894 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15896 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15897 Go to the Info directory node.
15899 \(fn)" t nil)
15901 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15902 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15903 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15904 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15905 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15906 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15908 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15910 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15911 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15912 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15914 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15916 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15917 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15918 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15919 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15920 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15922 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15924 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15925 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15926 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15927 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15928 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15930 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15931 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15933 Selecting other nodes:
15934 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15935 Follow a node reference you click on.
15936 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15937 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15938 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15939 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15940 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15941 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15942 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15943 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15944 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15945 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15946 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15947 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15948 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15949 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15950 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15951 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15952 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15953 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15954 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15955 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15957 Moving within a node:
15958 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15959 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15960 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15961 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15962 move up to the parent node.
15963 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15964 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15965 if there is none.
15966 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15968 Advanced commands:
15969 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15970 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15971 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15972 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15973 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15974 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15975 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15976 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15977 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15978 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15979 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15980 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15981 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15982 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15983 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15984 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15986 \(fn)" t nil)
15987 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15989 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15990 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15991 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15992 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15993 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15994 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15996 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15997 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15999 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
16000 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
16001 KEY is a string.
16002 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
16003 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
16004 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
16005 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
16007 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
16009 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
16010 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
16011 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
16013 \(fn)" t nil)
16015 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
16016 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
16017 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
16019 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
16021 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
16022 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
16023 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
16024 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
16025 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
16026 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
16028 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
16030 ;;;***
16032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22387 39326 652711
16033 ;;;;;; 4000))
16034 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16036 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
16037 Throw away all cached data.
16038 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16039 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16040 system.
16042 \(fn)" t nil)
16043 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16045 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16046 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16047 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16048 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16049 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16050 one found at point.
16052 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16054 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16055 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16057 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16058 Display the documentation of a file.
16059 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16060 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16061 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16062 The default file name is the one found at point.
16064 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
16066 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16068 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16069 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16071 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16073 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16074 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16076 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16078 ;;;***
16080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22387 39326 653711
16081 ;;;;;; 0))
16082 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16083 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16085 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16086 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16087 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16088 current info file is the default.
16090 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16091 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16092 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16093 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16094 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16096 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16097 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16098 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16099 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16100 mistake in the reference.
16102 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16103 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16104 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16106 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16107 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16108 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16109 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16111 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16113 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16114 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16115 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16116 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16117 checked.
16119 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16120 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16121 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16122 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16123 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16124 should be harmless.
16126 \(fn)" t nil)
16128 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16129 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16130 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16131 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16133 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16134 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16135 and can take a long time.
16137 \(fn)" t nil)
16139 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16140 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16141 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16143 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16145 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16146 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16148 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16149 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16150 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16151 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16152 all builtins).
16154 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16155 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16156 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16157 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16158 the sources handy.
16160 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16162 ;;;***
16164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22387 39326 656710
16165 ;;;;;; 990000))
16166 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16168 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16169 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16171 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16173 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16174 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16176 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16178 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16179 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16180 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16181 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16183 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16184 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16185 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16187 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16188 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16189 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16190 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16192 \(fn)" t nil)
16194 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16195 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16196 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16198 \(fn)" t nil)
16200 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16201 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16202 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16203 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16204 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16206 \(fn)" nil nil)
16208 ;;;***
16210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22387 39327
16211 ;;;;;; 307708 665000))
16212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16214 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16217 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16219 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16221 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16223 ;;;***
16225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22387 39327
16226 ;;;;;; 136709 276000))
16227 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16228 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16230 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16231 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16232 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16234 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16236 ;;;***
16238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22387
16239 ;;;;;; 39327 581707 687000))
16240 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16242 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16243 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16245 \(fn)" t nil)
16247 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16248 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16250 \(fn)" t nil)
16252 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16255 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16257 ;;;***
16259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22387 39326 658710
16260 ;;;;;; 983000))
16261 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16262 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16264 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16265 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16266 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16267 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16268 accessed via isearchb.
16270 \(fn)" t nil)
16272 ;;;***
16274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22387
16275 ;;;;;; 39327 582707 684000))
16276 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16278 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16279 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16280 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16281 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16282 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16284 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16286 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16287 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16288 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16289 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16290 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16292 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16294 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16295 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16296 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16297 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16298 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16300 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16302 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16303 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16304 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16305 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16306 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16308 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16310 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16311 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16312 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16313 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16314 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16316 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16318 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16319 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16320 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16321 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16322 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16324 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16326 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16327 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16328 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16329 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16330 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16332 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16334 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16335 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16336 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16337 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16339 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16341 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16342 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16343 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16344 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16346 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16348 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16349 Warn that format is read-only.
16351 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16353 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16354 Warn that format is write-only.
16356 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16358 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16359 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16361 \(fn)" t nil)
16363 ;;;***
16365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16366 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 583707 680000))
16367 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16368 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16369 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16371 ;;;***
16373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22387 39328
16374 ;;;;;; 536704 278000))
16375 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16377 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16379 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16380 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16381 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16382 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16383 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16385 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16387 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16389 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16390 Key map for ispell menu.")
16392 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16393 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16394 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16395 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16397 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16399 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16401 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16403 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16405 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16406 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16407 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16408 Valid forms include:
16409 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16410 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16411 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16412 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16414 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16415 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16416 First list is used raw.
16417 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16419 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16420 for skipping in latex mode.")
16422 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16423 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16424 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16425 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16426 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16427 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16428 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16430 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16431 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16432 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16433 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16435 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16436 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16437 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16438 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16439 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16441 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16442 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16444 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16445 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16447 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16448 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16450 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16451 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16453 Return values:
16454 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16455 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16456 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16457 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16458 quit spell session exited.
16460 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16462 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16463 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16464 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16466 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16468 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16469 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16471 Selections are:
16473 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16474 SPC: Accept word this time.
16475 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16476 `a': Accept word for this session.
16477 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16478 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16479 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16480 `?': Show these commands.
16481 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16482 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16483 the aborted check to be completed later.
16484 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16485 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16486 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16487 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16488 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16489 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16490 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16492 \(fn)" nil nil)
16494 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16495 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16496 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16497 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16499 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16501 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16502 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16503 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16504 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16506 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16508 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16510 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16511 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16512 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16513 amount for last line processed.
16515 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16517 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16518 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16520 \(fn)" t nil)
16522 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16523 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16525 \(fn)" t nil)
16527 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16528 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16529 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16531 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16533 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16534 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16536 \(fn)" t nil)
16538 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16539 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16540 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16541 sequence inside of a word.
16543 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16545 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16547 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16548 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16550 \(fn)" t nil)
16552 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16553 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16554 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16555 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16557 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16558 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16559 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16560 available on the net.
16562 \(fn)" t nil)
16564 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16565 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16566 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16567 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16568 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16570 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16571 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16572 spelled.
16574 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16575 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16576 SPC.
16578 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16579 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16583 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16584 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16585 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16586 Don't check included messages.
16588 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16589 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16590 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16592 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16593 in your init file:
16594 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16595 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16596 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16597 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16599 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16600 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16601 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16603 \(fn)" t nil)
16605 ;;;***
16607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22387
16608 ;;;;;; 39327 660707 405000))
16609 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16611 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16614 \(fn)" nil nil)
16616 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16617 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16618 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16619 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16620 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16621 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16622 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16623 necessary to represent OBJ.
16625 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16627 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16628 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16629 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16630 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16632 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16634 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16635 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16636 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16637 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16638 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16640 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16642 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16643 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16644 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16645 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16647 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16649 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16650 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16651 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16652 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16654 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16656 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16657 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16659 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16661 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16662 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16663 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16664 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16665 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16667 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16669 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16670 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16671 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16672 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16673 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16675 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16677 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16678 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16679 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16681 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16683 ;;;***
16685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22387 39326 660710
16686 ;;;;;; 976000))
16687 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16689 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16690 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16691 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16692 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16694 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16697 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16699 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16700 Uninstall jka-compr.
16701 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16702 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16703 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16705 \(fn)" nil nil)
16707 ;;;***
16709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22578 62356 742212
16710 ;;;;;; 19000))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16712 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16714 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16715 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16717 \(fn)" t nil)
16719 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16720 Major mode for editing JSX.
16722 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16723 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16724 locally, like so:
16726 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16727 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16728 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16730 \(fn)" t nil)
16731 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16733 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16735 ;;;***
16737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22387 39326 661710 972000))
16738 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16739 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16741 ;;;***
16743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22387 39327
16744 ;;;;;; 368708 448000))
16745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16747 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16748 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16749 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16750 decimal key must be specified.")
16752 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16754 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16755 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16756 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16757 decimal key must be specified.")
16759 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16761 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16762 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16763 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16764 decimal key must be specified.")
16766 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16768 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16769 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16770 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16771 decimal key must be specified.")
16773 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16775 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16776 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16777 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16778 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16779 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16780 keys are bound.
16782 Setup Binding
16783 -------------------------------------------------------------
16784 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16785 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16786 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16787 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16788 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16789 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16790 in the global and local keymaps.
16792 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16793 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16795 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16797 ;;;***
16799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22387
16800 ;;;;;; 39327 593707 644000))
16801 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16803 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16804 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16805 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16807 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16808 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16809 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16810 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16811 shorter.
16813 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16814 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16815 the context of text formatting.
16817 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16819 ;;;***
16821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22387 39327 594707
16822 ;;;;;; 641000))
16823 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16825 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16826 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16827 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16828 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16829 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16830 positions that contains the current selection.")
16832 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16833 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16834 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16835 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16836 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16837 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16838 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16840 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16842 ;;;***
16844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22387 39326 662710 968000))
16845 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16846 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16847 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16848 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16849 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16850 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16851 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16852 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16854 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16855 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16856 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16858 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16860 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16861 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16862 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16863 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16864 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16866 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16868 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16869 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16870 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16872 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16873 defining the macro.
16875 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16876 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16877 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16879 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16880 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16884 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16885 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16886 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16887 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16888 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16889 under that name.
16891 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16892 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16893 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16895 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16897 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16898 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16899 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16900 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16902 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16903 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16904 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16905 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16907 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16908 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16910 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16912 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16913 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16914 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16916 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16917 macro.
16919 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16920 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16922 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16923 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16924 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16926 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16927 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16929 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16931 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16932 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16933 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16934 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16936 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16938 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16939 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16940 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16941 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16943 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16944 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16946 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16948 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16949 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16950 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16952 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16954 ;;;***
16956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22387
16957 ;;;;;; 39327 661707 402000))
16958 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16960 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16961 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16962 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16964 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16967 \(fn)" nil nil)
16969 ;;;***
16971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22387 39327
16972 ;;;;;; 662707 398000))
16973 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16975 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16978 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16980 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16981 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16982 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16983 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16984 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16985 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16987 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16988 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16990 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16992 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16993 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16995 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16997 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
17000 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
17002 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
17005 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17007 ;;;***
17009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22387
17010 ;;;;;; 39327 594707 641000))
17011 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
17013 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
17014 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
17015 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
17016 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17018 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17020 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17021 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17022 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17024 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17026 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17027 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17028 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17030 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
17032 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17033 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17034 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17035 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17037 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17039 ;;;***
17041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
17042 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 607707 594000))
17043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17045 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17046 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17047 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17048 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17049 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17050 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17051 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17052 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17054 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17055 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17058 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17060 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17062 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17063 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17064 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17065 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17066 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17067 `latin1-display-setup'.
17069 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17071 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17072 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17073 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17074 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17076 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17077 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17079 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17081 ;;;***
17083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22387
17084 ;;;;;; 39328 365704 888000))
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17087 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17088 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17090 \(fn)" t nil)
17092 ;;;***
17094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22387
17095 ;;;;;; 39327 308708 662000))
17096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17097 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17099 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17100 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17101 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17102 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17104 For instance, the following code
17106 (let-alist alist
17107 (if (and .title .body)
17108 .body
17109 .site
17110 .site.contents))
17112 essentially expands to
17114 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17115 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17116 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17117 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17118 (if (and .title .body)
17119 .body
17120 .site
17121 .site.contents))
17123 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17124 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17125 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17126 displayed in the example above.
17128 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17130 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17132 ;;;***
17134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22387 39328 265705 245000))
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17137 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17138 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17139 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17140 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17141 generations (this defaults to 1).
17143 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17145 ;;;***
17147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22387 39326 675710 922000))
17148 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17149 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17151 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17152 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17153 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17154 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17155 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17157 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17161 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17162 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17163 See the `global-linum-mode' command
17164 for a description of this minor mode.
17165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17166 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17167 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17169 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17171 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17172 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17173 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17174 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17175 ARG is omitted or nil.
17177 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17178 `linum-on' would do it.
17179 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17183 ;;;***
17185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22387 39326 685710
17186 ;;;;;; 886000))
17187 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17189 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17190 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17191 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17192 is nil, raise an error.
17194 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17195 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17196 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17197 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17198 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17199 defined by the library.
17201 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17202 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17203 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17204 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17205 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17206 proceeds.
17208 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17209 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17210 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17211 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17213 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17215 ;;;***
17217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22387 39326 686710 883000))
17218 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17220 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17221 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17222 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17224 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17226 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17227 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17228 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17229 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17231 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17232 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17233 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17234 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17235 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17236 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17237 the version.)
17239 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17240 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17242 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17243 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17245 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17246 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17248 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17250 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17251 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17252 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17253 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17254 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17255 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17256 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17257 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17258 to constrain a big search.
17260 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17262 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17263 except that FILTER is not optional.
17265 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17267 ;;;***
17269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22387 39328 663703
17270 ;;;;;; 824000))
17271 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17273 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17274 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17275 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17276 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17277 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17278 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17279 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17280 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17281 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17282 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17284 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17285 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17286 associated values:
17287 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17288 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17289 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17290 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17291 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17293 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17294 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17295 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17297 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17299 ;;;***
17301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22387 39328 663703
17302 ;;;;;; 824000))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17305 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17306 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17308 \(fn)" t nil)
17310 ;;;***
17312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22387 39326 687710 879000))
17313 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17315 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17316 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17318 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17319 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17321 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17322 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17323 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17325 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17326 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17328 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17329 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17330 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17331 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17332 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17333 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17334 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17336 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17338 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17339 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17340 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17341 switch on this list.
17342 See `lpr-command'.")
17344 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17346 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17347 Name of program for printing a file.
17349 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17350 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17351 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17352 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17353 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17354 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17355 argument.")
17357 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17359 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17360 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17361 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17362 for customization of the printer command.
17364 \(fn)" t nil)
17366 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17367 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17369 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17370 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17371 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17372 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17374 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17375 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17377 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17378 for further customization of the printer command.
17380 \(fn)" t nil)
17382 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17383 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17384 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17385 for customization of the printer command.
17387 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17389 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17390 Paginate and print the region contents.
17392 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17393 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17394 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17395 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17397 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17398 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17400 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17401 for further customization of the printer command.
17403 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17405 ;;;***
17407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22578 62356 725212
17408 ;;;;;; 110000))
17409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17411 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17412 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17413 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17415 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17417 ;;;***
17419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22387 39327 112709
17420 ;;;;;; 362000))
17421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17423 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17424 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17425 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17426 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17430 ;;;***
17432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22387 39328
17433 ;;;;;; 365704 888000))
17434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17436 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17437 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17439 \(fn)" t nil)
17441 ;;;***
17443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22387 39326 688710 876000))
17444 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17446 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17447 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17448 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17449 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17450 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17452 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17454 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17455 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17456 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17457 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17458 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17460 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17461 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17462 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17463 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17464 bindings.
17466 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17467 use this command, and then save the file.
17469 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17471 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17472 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17473 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17474 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17475 each time the macro executes.
17476 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17477 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17478 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17479 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17480 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17481 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17482 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17484 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17486 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17487 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17488 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17489 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17491 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17492 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17493 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17494 execute.
17496 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17497 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17499 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17500 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17501 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17502 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17503 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17505 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17506 looked like this:
17508 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17509 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17510 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17512 You could enter the names in this format:
17518 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17520 \\C-x (
17521 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17522 \\C-x )
17524 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17525 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17527 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17528 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17530 ;;;***
17532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22387 39327
17533 ;;;;;; 924706 463000))
17534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17536 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17537 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17538 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17539 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17540 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17541 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17543 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17544 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17545 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17546 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17547 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17549 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17550 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17551 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17552 consing a string.)
17554 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17556 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17557 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17559 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17561 ;;;***
17563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22387 39327
17564 ;;;;;; 925706 459000))
17565 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17567 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17568 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17570 \(fn)" nil nil)
17572 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17575 \(fn)" nil nil)
17577 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17578 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17580 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17582 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17583 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17584 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17585 message.
17587 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17589 \(fn)" nil nil)
17591 ;;;***
17593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22387 39327
17594 ;;;;;; 925706 459000))
17595 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17597 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17598 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17599 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17600 often correct parser.")
17602 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17604 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17605 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17606 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17607 a value which excludes your own email address.
17609 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17610 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17612 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17614 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17615 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17617 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17619 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17620 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17621 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17622 we return it unconverted.
17624 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17625 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17627 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17629 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17630 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17631 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17632 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17634 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17636 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17637 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17638 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17639 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17641 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17643 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17644 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17645 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17646 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17647 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17648 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17649 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17650 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17651 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17652 as Rmail does.
17654 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17656 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17657 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17658 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17659 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17660 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17661 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17662 matches may be returned from the message body.
17664 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17666 ;;;***
17668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22387 39327
17669 ;;;;;; 926706 456000))
17670 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17672 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17673 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17674 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
17675 for a description of this minor mode.
17676 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17677 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17678 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17680 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17682 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17683 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17684 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17685 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17686 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17688 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17689 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17690 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17691 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17695 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17696 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17698 \(fn)" nil nil)
17700 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17701 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17702 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17704 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17706 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17707 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17708 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17710 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17711 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17712 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17713 double-quotes.
17715 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17717 ;;;***
17719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22387 39327
17720 ;;;;;; 926706 456000))
17721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17723 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17724 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17725 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17726 king@grassland.com
17727 If `parens', they look like:
17728 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17729 If `angles', they look like:
17730 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17732 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17734 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17735 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17736 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17737 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17738 their `Resent-' variants.
17740 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17741 removed from alias expansions.
17743 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17745 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17746 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17747 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17749 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17750 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17751 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17752 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17754 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17756 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17757 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17758 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17760 \(fn)" nil nil)
17762 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17763 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17764 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17765 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17767 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17769 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17771 ;;;***
17773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22387 39327
17774 ;;;;;; 927706 452000))
17775 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17777 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17778 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17779 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17780 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17782 \(fn)" nil nil)
17784 ;;;***
17786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22387
17787 ;;;;;; 39328 366704 885000))
17788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17790 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17791 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17793 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17794 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17795 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17796 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17797 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17798 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17800 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17801 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17802 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17803 dependency, despite the colon.
17805 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17807 In the browser, use the following keys:
17809 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17811 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17813 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17814 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17816 `makefile-target-colon':
17817 The string that gets appended to all target names
17818 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17819 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17821 `makefile-macro-assign':
17822 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17823 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17824 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17825 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17826 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17827 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17829 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17830 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17831 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17833 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17834 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17836 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17837 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17838 up or down in the browser.
17840 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17841 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17843 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17844 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17846 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17847 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17848 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17849 has been selected in the browser.
17851 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17852 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17853 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17854 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17855 filenames are omitted.
17857 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17858 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17859 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17860 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17861 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17862 the backslash itself intact.
17863 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17864 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17866 `makefile-browser-hook':
17867 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17868 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17870 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17871 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17872 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17873 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17875 \(fn)" t nil)
17877 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17878 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17880 \(fn)" t nil)
17882 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17883 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17885 \(fn)" t nil)
17887 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17888 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17890 \(fn)" t nil)
17892 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17893 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17895 \(fn)" t nil)
17897 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17898 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17900 \(fn)" t nil)
17902 ;;;***
17904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22387 39326 688710
17905 ;;;;;; 876000))
17906 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17908 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17909 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17910 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17912 \(fn)" t nil)
17914 ;;;***
17916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22578 62356 726212 105000))
17917 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17919 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17921 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17922 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17923 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17924 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17925 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17926 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17927 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17928 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17929 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17930 without running the man command.
17932 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17933 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17934 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17936 cat(1)
17937 1 cat
17939 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17940 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17941 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17942 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17944 -a chmod
17946 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17947 otherwise look like a page name.
17949 /my/file/name.1.gz
17950 -l somefile.1
17952 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17953 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17954 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
17956 -k pattern
17958 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17960 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17961 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17963 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17965 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17966 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17968 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17970 ;;;***
17972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22387 39327 311708
17973 ;;;;;; 651000))
17974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17975 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17977 ;;;***
17979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22387 39326 690710 868000))
17980 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17981 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17983 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17984 Toggle Master mode.
17985 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17986 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17987 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17989 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17990 using the following commands:
17992 \\{master-mode-map}
17994 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17995 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17996 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18000 ;;;***
18002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22387 39326 690710
18003 ;;;;;; 868000))
18004 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
18006 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
18007 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
18008 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
18009 for a description of this minor mode.
18010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18011 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18012 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
18014 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
18016 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
18017 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
18018 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
18019 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18020 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18022 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
18023 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
18024 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
18025 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18029 ;;;***
18031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22387 39326 691710 865000))
18032 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
18033 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18035 ;;;***
18037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22387 39327 500707
18038 ;;;;;; 977000))
18039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18041 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18043 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18044 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18045 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18046 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18047 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18048 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18049 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18050 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18051 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18052 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18053 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18054 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18055 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18056 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18057 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18058 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18059 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18060 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18061 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18062 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18063 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18064 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18065 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18066 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18067 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18068 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18069 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18070 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18071 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18072 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18073 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18074 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18075 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18076 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18077 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18078 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18079 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18080 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18082 \(fn)" t nil)
18084 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18085 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18086 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18087 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18088 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18090 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18092 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18093 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18095 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18097 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18098 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18100 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18102 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18103 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18105 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18107 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18108 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18109 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18111 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18113 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18114 Cancel an article you posted.
18115 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18119 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18120 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18121 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18122 header line with the old Message-ID.
18124 \(fn)" t nil)
18126 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18127 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18129 \(fn)" t nil)
18131 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18132 Forward the current message via mail.
18133 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18134 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18136 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18138 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18141 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18143 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18146 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18148 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18149 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18151 \(fn)" t nil)
18153 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18154 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18156 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18158 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18159 Re-mail the current message.
18160 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18161 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18162 you.
18164 \(fn)" t nil)
18166 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18167 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18169 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18171 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18172 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18174 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18176 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18177 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18179 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18181 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18182 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18184 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18186 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18187 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18188 Works by overstriking characters.
18189 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18190 which specify the range to operate on.
18192 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18194 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18195 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18196 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18197 which specify the range to operate on.
18199 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18201 ;;;***
18203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22387
18204 ;;;;;; 39328 367704 881000))
18205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18206 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18208 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18209 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18211 \(fn)" t nil)
18213 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18214 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18216 \(fn)" t nil)
18218 ;;;***
18220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22387 39327
18221 ;;;;;; 928706 448000))
18222 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18224 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18225 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18226 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18228 \(fn)" t nil)
18230 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18231 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18232 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18233 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18234 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18235 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18236 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18238 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18240 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18241 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18242 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18243 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18244 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18245 means current).
18246 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18247 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18249 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18251 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18252 Process current region through `metamail'.
18253 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18254 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18255 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18256 means current).
18257 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18258 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18260 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18262 ;;;***
18264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22387 39327 947706
18265 ;;;;;; 380000))
18266 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18268 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18269 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18270 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18272 \(fn)" t nil)
18274 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18275 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18276 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18278 \(fn)" t nil)
18280 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18281 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18283 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18284 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18285 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18287 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18288 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18290 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18291 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18293 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18295 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18297 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18298 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18299 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18300 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18301 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18302 as `compose-mail'.
18304 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18305 initial Subject field, respectively.
18307 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18308 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18309 are strings.
18311 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18312 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18314 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18316 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18317 Save draft and send message.
18319 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18320 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18321 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18322 Mail Delivery*\".
18324 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18325 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18326 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18328 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18329 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18330 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18331 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18332 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18333 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18335 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18336 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18338 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18339 message and scan line.
18341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18343 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18344 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18346 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18347 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18348 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18349 delete the draft message.
18351 \(fn)" t nil)
18353 ;;;***
18355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22387 39327 948706 377000))
18356 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18357 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18359 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18361 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18363 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18365 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18366 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18368 \(fn)" t nil)
18370 ;;;***
18372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22387 39327
18373 ;;;;;; 949706 373000))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18376 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18377 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18378 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18380 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18381 the MH mail system.
18383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18385 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18386 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18387 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18389 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18390 the MH mail system.
18392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18394 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18395 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18397 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18398 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18399 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18400 separate command.
18402 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18403 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18404 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18405 format.
18407 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18409 Ranges
18410 ======
18411 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18412 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18413 can be used in several ways.
18415 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18416 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18417 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18418 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18419 page):
18421 <num1>-<num2>
18422 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18423 The range must be nonempty.
18425 <num>:N
18426 <num>:+N
18427 <num>:-N
18428 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18429 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18430 last.
18432 first:N
18433 prev:N
18434 next:N
18435 last:N
18436 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18439 All of the messages.
18441 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18442 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18444 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18445 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18446 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18448 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18450 \(fn)" t nil)
18452 ;;;***
18454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22387 39326 692710
18455 ;;;;;; 861000))
18456 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18458 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18459 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18460 See the `midnight-mode' command
18461 for a description of this minor mode.
18462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18463 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18464 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18466 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18468 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18469 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18473 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18474 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18475 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18476 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18477 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18478 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18479 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18480 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18481 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18482 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18483 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18485 \(fn)" t nil)
18487 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18488 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18489 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18490 to its second argument TM.
18492 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18494 ;;;***
18496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22387 39326
18497 ;;;;;; 693710 858000))
18498 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18500 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18501 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18502 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
18503 for a description of this minor mode.
18504 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18505 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18506 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18508 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18510 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18511 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18513 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18514 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18516 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18517 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18518 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18519 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18520 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18521 is modified to remove the default indication.
18523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18525 ;;;***
18527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22387 39326 694710 854000))
18528 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18530 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18531 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18532 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18533 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18534 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18535 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18536 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18537 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18538 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18540 \(fn)" t nil)
18542 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18543 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18544 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18545 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18546 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18547 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18548 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18549 The return value is always nil.
18551 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18553 ;;;***
18555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22387 39326 695710
18556 ;;;;;; 851000))
18557 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18558 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18560 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18561 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18563 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18564 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18565 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18566 next occurrence.
18568 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18569 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18570 end of the search space).
18572 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18573 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18574 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18575 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18576 should return the previous buffer to search.
18578 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18579 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18580 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18582 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18583 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18584 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18585 Isearch starts.")
18587 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18588 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18589 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18591 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18592 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18593 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18595 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18596 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18598 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18599 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18600 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18602 \(fn)" nil nil)
18604 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18605 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18606 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18607 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18608 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18609 whose names match the specified regexp.
18611 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18613 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18614 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18615 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18616 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18617 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18618 whose names match the specified regexp.
18620 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18622 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18623 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18624 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18625 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18626 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18627 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18628 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18630 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18632 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18633 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18634 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18635 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18636 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18637 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18638 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18640 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18642 ;;;***
18644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22387
18645 ;;;;;; 39328 368704 877000))
18646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18647 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18649 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18650 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18652 \(fn)" t nil)
18654 ;;;***
18656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22387 39327
18657 ;;;;;; 504707 962000))
18658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18660 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18661 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18663 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18665 ;;;***
18667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22387 39327
18668 ;;;;;; 504707 962000))
18669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18671 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18672 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18674 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18676 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18677 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18678 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18679 the entire message.
18680 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18682 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18684 ;;;***
18686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22387 39327
18687 ;;;;;; 505707 959000))
18688 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18690 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18691 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18692 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18693 the entire message.
18694 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18696 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18698 ;;;***
18700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22387 39327 505707
18701 ;;;;;; 959000))
18702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18704 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18705 Insert file contents of URL.
18706 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18708 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18710 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18711 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18713 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18715 ;;;***
18717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22387 39327 506707
18718 ;;;;;; 955000))
18719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18721 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18722 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18723 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18724 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18725 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18727 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18729 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18730 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18731 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18733 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18735 ;;;***
18737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22387 39327 509707 944000))
18738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18740 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18741 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18743 \(fn)" nil nil)
18745 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18746 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18747 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18748 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18749 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18751 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18752 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18753 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18754 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18755 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18756 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18758 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18760 ;;;***
18762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22387 39327 509707
18763 ;;;;;; 944000))
18764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18766 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18769 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18771 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18774 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18776 ;;;***
18778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22387 39327 510707
18779 ;;;;;; 941000))
18780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18782 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18785 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18787 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18790 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18792 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18795 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18797 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18800 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18802 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18805 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18807 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18810 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18812 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18815 \(fn)" nil nil)
18817 ;;;***
18819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22387 39327
18820 ;;;;;; 137709 272000))
18821 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18823 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18825 ;;;***
18827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22387 39328
18828 ;;;;;; 369704 874000))
18829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18831 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18833 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18834 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18835 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18836 followed by the first character of the construct.
18837 \\<m2-mode-map>
18838 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18839 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18840 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18841 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18842 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18843 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18844 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18845 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18846 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18847 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18848 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18849 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18850 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18851 \\[m2-link] link
18853 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18854 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18855 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18857 \(fn)" t nil)
18859 ;;;***
18861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22387 39328 265705
18862 ;;;;;; 245000))
18863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18865 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18866 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18868 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18870 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18871 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18873 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18875 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18876 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18878 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18880 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18881 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18883 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18885 ;;;***
18887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22387 39326 695710
18888 ;;;;;; 851000))
18889 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18891 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18892 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18894 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18895 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18896 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18898 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18899 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18900 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18902 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18903 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18905 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18906 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18907 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18908 hemisphere you're in.)
18910 To test this function, evaluate:
18911 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18913 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18915 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18916 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18918 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18919 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18921 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18922 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18923 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18925 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18926 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18928 To test this function, evaluate:
18929 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18931 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18933 ;;;***
18935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22387 39326 697710 843000))
18936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18938 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18939 Main entry point for MPC.
18941 \(fn)" t nil)
18943 ;;;***
18945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22387 39328 265705 245000))
18946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18948 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18949 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18951 \(fn)" t nil)
18953 ;;;***
18955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22387 39326 698710 840000))
18956 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18958 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18959 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18960 See the `msb-mode' command
18961 for a description of this minor mode.
18962 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18963 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18964 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18966 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18968 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18969 Toggle Msb mode.
18970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18971 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18972 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18974 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18975 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18979 ;;;***
18981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22387
18982 ;;;;;; 39327 612707 577000))
18983 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18985 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18986 Display a list of all character sets.
18988 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18989 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18990 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18991 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18992 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18994 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18995 but still shows the full information.
18997 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18999 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
19000 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
19001 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
19003 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
19004 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
19005 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
19006 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
19007 meanings of these arguments.
19009 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
19011 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
19012 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
19014 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19016 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
19017 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
19019 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19021 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19022 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
19024 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19026 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
19027 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
19029 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
19030 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
19031 in place of `..':
19032 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19033 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19034 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
19035 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
19036 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
19037 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
19038 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19039 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19040 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19041 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19042 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19043 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19044 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19045 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19046 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19047 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19049 \(fn)" t nil)
19051 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19052 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19054 \(fn)" t nil)
19056 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19057 Display a list of all coding systems.
19058 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19060 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
19061 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19065 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19066 Display a list of all coding categories.
19068 \(fn)" nil nil)
19070 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19071 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19072 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19074 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19076 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19077 Display information about FONTSET.
19078 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19080 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19082 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19083 Display a list of all fontsets.
19084 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19085 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19086 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19090 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19091 Display information about all input methods.
19093 \(fn)" t nil)
19095 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19096 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19098 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19099 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19100 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19101 system which uses fontsets).
19103 \(fn)" t nil)
19105 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19106 Show log of font listing and opening.
19107 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19108 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19110 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19112 ;;;***
19114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22387
19115 ;;;;;; 39327 613707 573000))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19118 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19119 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19121 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19122 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19124 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19125 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19127 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19129 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19130 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19131 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19132 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19133 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19134 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19135 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19137 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19138 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19139 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19140 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19141 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19142 middle of a character in STR.
19144 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19145 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19147 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19148 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19149 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19150 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19151 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19153 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19155 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19156 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19158 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19159 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19160 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19162 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19163 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19164 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19166 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19167 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19168 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19169 are considered.
19170 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19171 longer than KEYSEQ.
19172 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19174 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19176 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19177 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19178 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19179 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19180 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19181 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19182 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19183 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19184 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19185 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19186 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19188 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19190 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19191 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19193 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19195 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19196 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19198 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19200 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19201 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19203 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19205 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19206 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19208 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19210 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19211 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19212 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19213 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19214 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19216 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19217 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19219 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19220 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19221 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19222 coding systems ordered by priority.
19224 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19226 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19228 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19229 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19230 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19231 language environment LANG-ENV.
19233 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19235 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19236 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19237 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19238 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19239 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19240 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19242 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19244 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19245 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19246 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19247 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19248 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19249 QUALITY can be:
19250 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19251 excessive work.
19252 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19253 part of the file/buffer.
19254 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19256 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19258 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19259 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19260 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19261 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19262 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19263 QUALITY can be:
19264 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19265 excessive work.
19266 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19267 part of the file/buffer.
19268 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19270 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19272 ;;;***
19274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22387 39327
19275 ;;;;;; 978706 270000))
19276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19278 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19279 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19281 \(fn)" t nil)
19283 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19284 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19286 \(fn)" t nil)
19288 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19289 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19291 \(fn)" t nil)
19293 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19294 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19296 \(fn)" t nil)
19298 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19299 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19301 \(fn)" t nil)
19303 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19304 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19306 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19308 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19309 Ping HOST.
19310 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19311 `ping-program-options'.
19313 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19315 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19316 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19318 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19320 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19321 Run nslookup program.
19323 \(fn)" t nil)
19325 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19326 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19328 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19330 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19331 Run dig program.
19333 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19335 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19336 Run ftp program.
19338 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19340 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19341 Finger USER on HOST.
19343 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19345 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19346 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19347 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19348 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19350 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19352 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19355 \(fn)" t nil)
19357 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19358 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19360 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19362 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19363 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19365 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19367 ;;;***
19369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22387 39327 979706
19370 ;;;;;; 266000))
19371 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19373 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19374 Return a user name/password pair.
19375 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19376 listed in the PORTS list.
19378 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19380 ;;;***
19382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22387
19383 ;;;;;; 39327 979706 266000))
19384 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19386 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19387 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19388 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19389 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19390 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19391 closes it.
19393 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19394 make it unique.
19395 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19396 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19397 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19398 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19399 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19400 a port number to connect to.
19402 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19403 values:
19405 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19406 nil or `network'
19407 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19408 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19409 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19410 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19411 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19412 an unencrypted connection.
19413 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19414 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19415 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19416 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19417 returned object is a killed process.
19418 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19419 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19420 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19422 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19423 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19424 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19425 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19426 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19427 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19428 or nil if none could be found.
19429 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19430 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19432 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19434 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19435 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19436 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19438 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19439 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19440 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19442 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19443 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19444 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19446 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19447 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19448 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19449 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19451 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19452 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19454 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19455 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19456 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19457 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19458 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19459 or STARTTLS connections.
19461 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19462 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19464 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19465 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19467 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19468 a greeting from the server.
19470 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19471 asynchronously, if possible.
19473 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19475 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19477 ;;;***
19479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22387
19480 ;;;;;; 39327 980706 263000))
19481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19483 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19484 Check whether newsticker is running.
19485 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19486 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19488 \(fn)" nil nil)
19490 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19491 Start the newsticker.
19492 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19493 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19494 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19495 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19497 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19499 ;;;***
19501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19502 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 981706 259000))
19503 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19505 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19506 Start newsticker plainview.
19508 \(fn)" t nil)
19510 ;;;***
19512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22387
19513 ;;;;;; 39327 982706 255000))
19514 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19516 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19517 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19519 \(fn)" t nil)
19521 ;;;***
19523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22387
19524 ;;;;;; 39327 983706 252000))
19525 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19527 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19528 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19529 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19530 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19531 empty.
19533 \(fn)" nil nil)
19535 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19536 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19537 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19538 running already.
19540 \(fn)" t nil)
19542 ;;;***
19544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22387
19545 ;;;;;; 39327 983706 252000))
19546 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19548 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19549 Start newsticker treeview.
19551 \(fn)" t nil)
19553 ;;;***
19555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22387 39327 511707
19556 ;;;;;; 937000))
19557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19559 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19560 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19562 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19564 ;;;***
19566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22387 39327 513707
19567 ;;;;;; 930000))
19568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19570 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19571 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19572 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19573 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19574 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19575 symbol in the alist.
19577 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19579 ;;;***
19581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22387 39327
19582 ;;;;;; 514707 926000))
19583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19585 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19586 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19587 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19589 \(fn)" t nil)
19591 ;;;***
19593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22387 39327 523707 894000))
19594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19596 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19597 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19599 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19601 ;;;***
19603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22387 39326 702710 825000))
19604 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19606 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19608 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19609 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19610 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19612 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19615 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19617 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19618 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19619 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19620 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19621 to future sessions.
19623 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19625 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19626 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19627 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19628 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19629 future sessions.
19631 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19633 ;;;***
19635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22387
19636 ;;;;;; 39328 538704 271000))
19637 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19639 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19640 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19641 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19642 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19643 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19644 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19646 \(fn)" t nil)
19648 ;;;***
19650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22387 39327 985706 245000))
19651 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19652 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19654 ;;;***
19656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22387 39328
19657 ;;;;;; 40706 49000))
19658 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19660 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19661 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19662 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19663 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19665 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19667 ;;;***
19669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22387 39328
19670 ;;;;;; 41706 45000))
19671 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19673 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19674 Major mode for editing XML.
19676 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19677 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19678 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19679 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19680 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19681 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19682 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19684 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19686 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19687 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19689 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19690 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19691 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19692 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19693 instead of C-c.
19695 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19696 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19697 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19698 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19699 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19700 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19702 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19703 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19704 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19706 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19707 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19708 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19710 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19711 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19712 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19713 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19714 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19715 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19716 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19717 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19718 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19720 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19722 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19723 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19725 \(fn)" t nil)
19726 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19728 ;;;***
19730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22387 39328
19731 ;;;;;; 60705 977000))
19732 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19734 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19735 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19736 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19737 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19739 \(fn)" t nil)
19741 ;;;***
19743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22387 39328
19744 ;;;;;; 370704 870000))
19745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19747 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19748 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19750 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19751 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19752 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19753 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19755 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19757 Key bindings:
19758 \\{octave-mode-map}
19760 \(fn)" t nil)
19762 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19763 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19764 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19766 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19768 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19769 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19771 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19772 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19773 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19777 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19779 ;;;***
19781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22387 39328
19782 ;;;;;; 372704 863000))
19783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19785 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19787 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19788 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19789 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19790 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19791 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19793 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19795 Customization:
19797 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19798 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19799 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19800 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19801 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19802 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19803 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19804 Directories to search when finding external units.
19805 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19806 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19808 Coloring:
19810 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19811 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19813 \(fn)" t nil)
19815 ;;;***
19817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22578 62356 737212 46000))
19818 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19820 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19821 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19823 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19825 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19826 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19827 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19828 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19829 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19830 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19832 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19834 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19835 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19836 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19837 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19838 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19840 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19842 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19843 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19845 \(fn)" nil nil)
19847 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19848 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19850 \(fn)" nil nil)
19852 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19853 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19854 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19856 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19857 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19858 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19859 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19860 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19861 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19862 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19863 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19864 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19865 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19867 The following commands are available:
19869 \\{org-mode-map}
19871 \(fn)" t nil)
19873 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19874 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19876 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19877 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19878 in special contexts.
19880 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19881 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19882 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19883 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19884 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19885 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19886 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19887 properties in the buffer.
19888 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19889 including any drawers.
19891 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19893 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19894 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19895 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19896 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19897 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19898 and zoom in further.
19899 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19900 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19902 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19903 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19904 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19905 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19906 times right after creating a new headline.
19908 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19909 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19910 is negative, go up that many levels.
19912 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19913 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19914 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19916 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19917 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19918 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19919 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19923 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19924 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19925 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19926 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19929 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19931 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19932 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19933 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19934 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19935 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19936 defined by Org-mode).
19938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19940 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19941 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19943 \(fn)" nil nil)
19945 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19946 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19948 \(fn)" nil nil)
19950 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19951 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19952 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19953 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19954 call CMD.
19956 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19958 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19959 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19960 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19961 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19963 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19964 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19965 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19967 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19968 part of Org's core.
19970 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19971 active region.
19973 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19975 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19976 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19977 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19979 \(fn)" t nil)
19981 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19982 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19983 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19984 Org-mode syntax.
19986 \(fn)" t nil)
19988 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19989 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19991 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19993 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19994 Switch between Org buffers.
19995 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19996 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19998 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19999 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
20001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20003 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
20005 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
20007 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20008 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20009 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20010 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20012 \(fn)" t nil)
20014 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
20015 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20017 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20019 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20020 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20021 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20023 \(fn)" t nil)
20025 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20026 Reload all org lisp files.
20027 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20029 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20031 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20032 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20034 \(fn)" t nil)
20036 ;;;***
20038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22387 39328
20039 ;;;;;; 198705 484000))
20040 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20042 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20043 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20047 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20048 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20049 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20050 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20052 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20053 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20054 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20055 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20056 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20057 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20058 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20059 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20060 e Export views to associated files.
20061 s Search entries for keywords.
20062 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20063 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20064 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20065 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20066 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20067 > Remove a previous restriction.
20068 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20069 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20070 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20072 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20073 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20074 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20076 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20077 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20078 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20079 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20080 \(if active).
20082 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20084 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20085 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20086 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20087 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20088 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20089 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20090 before running the agenda command.
20092 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20094 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20095 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20096 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20097 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20098 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20099 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20100 before running the agenda command.
20102 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20103 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20105 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20107 category The category of the item
20108 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20109 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20110 todo selected in TODO match
20111 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20112 diary imported from diary
20113 deadline a deadline on given date
20114 scheduled scheduled on given date
20115 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20116 closed entry was closed on given date
20117 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20118 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20119 block entry has date block including g. date
20120 todo The todo keyword, if any
20121 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20122 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20123 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20124 extra Sting with extra planning info
20125 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20126 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20127 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20129 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20131 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20132 Store agenda views.
20134 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20136 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20137 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20139 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20141 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20142 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20143 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20144 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20146 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20147 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20148 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20150 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20151 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20153 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20154 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20156 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20158 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20159 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20161 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20162 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20163 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20164 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20165 EDIT-AT.
20167 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20168 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20169 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20170 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20171 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20172 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20174 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20175 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20176 including newlines.
20178 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20179 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20180 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20181 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20182 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20183 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20184 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20186 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20187 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20188 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20189 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20191 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20192 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20193 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20194 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20195 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20196 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20197 Boolean search must match as full words.
20199 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20200 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20202 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20204 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20205 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20206 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20207 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20208 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20209 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20213 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20214 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20215 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20217 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20219 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20220 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20221 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20222 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20223 `org-stuck-projects'.
20225 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20227 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20228 Return diary information from org files.
20229 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20230 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20231 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20232 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20233 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20235 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20237 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20239 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20240 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20242 &%%(org-diary)
20244 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20245 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20246 So the example above may also be written as
20248 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20250 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20251 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20252 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20254 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20256 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20257 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20259 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20261 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20262 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20263 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20264 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20265 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20267 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20269 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20270 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20271 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20273 \(fn)" t nil)
20275 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20276 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20277 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20278 appointments.
20280 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20281 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20283 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20284 for filtering entries out.
20286 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20287 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20288 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20290 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20291 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20293 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20294 (category \"Work\"))
20296 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20297 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20299 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20300 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20301 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20302 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20303 details and examples.
20305 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20306 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20308 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20310 ;;;***
20312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22387 39328
20313 ;;;;;; 202705 470000))
20314 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20316 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20317 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20319 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20321 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20322 Capture something.
20323 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20324 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20325 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20326 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20327 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20328 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20330 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20331 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20332 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20333 stored.
20335 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20337 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20338 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20339 will be bypassed.
20341 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20342 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20343 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20344 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20346 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20348 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20349 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20351 \(fn)" t nil)
20353 ;;;***
20355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22387 39328
20356 ;;;;;; 205705 459000))
20357 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20359 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20360 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20362 \(fn)" t nil)
20364 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20367 \(fn)" nil nil)
20369 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20370 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20371 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20373 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20375 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20376 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20378 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20380 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20381 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20383 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20385 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20386 Write the column view table.
20387 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20389 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20390 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20391 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20392 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20393 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20394 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20395 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20396 using `org-id-find'.
20397 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20398 a hline before each level <= that number.
20399 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20400 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20401 :skip-empty-rows
20402 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20403 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20405 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20407 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20408 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20410 \(fn)" t nil)
20412 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20413 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20415 \(fn)" t nil)
20417 ;;;***
20419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22387 39328
20420 ;;;;;; 205705 459000))
20421 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20423 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20424 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20426 \(fn)" nil t)
20428 ;;;***
20430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22387 39328 221705
20431 ;;;;;; 402000))
20432 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20434 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20435 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20437 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20439 ;;;***
20441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22387 39328
20442 ;;;;;; 229705 374000))
20443 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20445 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20446 The release version of org-mode.
20447 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20449 \(fn)" nil nil)
20451 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20452 The Git version of org-mode.
20453 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20455 \(fn)" nil nil)
20457 ;;;***
20459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22578 62356 737212
20460 ;;;;;; 46000))
20461 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20462 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20463 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20465 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20466 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20467 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20468 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20470 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20471 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20472 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20473 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20475 \\{outline-mode-map}
20476 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20477 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20478 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20479 are used when point is on a heading line.
20481 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20482 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20483 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20485 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20486 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20488 \(fn)" t nil)
20490 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20491 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20496 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20499 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20501 ;;;***
20503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22421 48078
20504 ;;;;;; 37624 440000))
20505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20506 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20508 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20509 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20510 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20511 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20512 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20514 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20515 activate the package system at any time.")
20517 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20519 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20520 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20521 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20522 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20523 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20524 it to the file.
20525 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20526 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20527 loading packages twice.
20528 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
20529 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
20530 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
20532 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20534 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20535 Import keys from FILE.
20537 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20539 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20540 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20541 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20542 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20543 and make them available for download.
20544 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20545 downloads in the background.
20547 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20549 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20550 Install the package PKG.
20551 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20552 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20554 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20555 `package-selected-packages'.
20557 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20558 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20560 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20562 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20563 Install a package from the current buffer.
20564 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20565 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20566 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20568 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20569 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20570 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20572 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20574 \(fn)" t nil)
20576 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20577 Install a package from a file.
20578 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20579 directory.
20581 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20583 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20584 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20585 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20587 \(fn)" t nil)
20589 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20590 Reinstall package PKG.
20591 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20592 object.
20594 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20596 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20597 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20599 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20600 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20601 will be deleted.
20603 \(fn)" t nil)
20605 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20606 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20608 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20610 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20611 Display a list of packages.
20612 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20613 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20614 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20616 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20618 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20620 ;;;***
20622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22387 39326 859710 265000))
20623 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20625 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20626 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20627 See the `show-paren-mode' command
20628 for a description of this minor mode.
20629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20630 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20631 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20633 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20635 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20636 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20638 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20639 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20641 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20642 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20643 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20647 ;;;***
20649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22387
20650 ;;;;;; 39327 112709 362000))
20651 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20652 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20654 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20655 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20656 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20657 unknown are returned as nil.
20659 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20661 ;;;***
20663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22387 39328
20664 ;;;;;; 373704 859000))
20665 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20667 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20668 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20669 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20671 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20672 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20674 Other useful functions are:
20676 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20677 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20678 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20679 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20680 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20681 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20682 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20683 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20684 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20686 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20688 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20689 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20690 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20691 Indentation for case statements.
20692 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20693 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20694 mark after an end.
20695 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20696 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20697 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20698 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20699 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20700 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20701 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20702 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20703 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20704 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20706 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20707 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20709 \(fn)" t nil)
20711 ;;;***
20713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22387
20714 ;;;;;; 39326 860710 261000))
20715 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20717 (defvar password-cache t "\
20718 Whether to cache passwords.")
20720 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20722 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20723 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20724 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20726 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20728 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20729 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20731 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20733 ;;;***
20735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22387 39327
20736 ;;;;;; 315708 637000))
20737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20739 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20740 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20741 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20743 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20744 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20745 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20746 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20748 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20749 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20750 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20752 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20753 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20754 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20755 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20756 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20757 quoted.)
20759 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20760 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20761 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20762 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20764 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20766 _ matches anything.
20767 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20768 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20769 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20770 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20771 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20772 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20773 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20774 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20775 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20776 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20777 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20778 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20780 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20782 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20783 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20784 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20785 which is the value being matched.
20786 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20787 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20789 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20790 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20792 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20794 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20796 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20797 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20799 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20801 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20803 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20804 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20805 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20806 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20807 variable name being but a special case of it).
20809 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20811 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20813 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20815 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20816 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20817 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20818 of the form (PAT EXP).
20820 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20822 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20824 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20825 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20826 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20827 of the form (PAT EXP).
20828 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20829 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20830 any kind of error.
20832 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20834 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20836 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20839 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20841 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20843 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20844 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20845 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20846 to this macro.
20848 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20850 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20852 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20854 ;;;***
20856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22387 39326 860710
20857 ;;;;;; 261000))
20858 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20861 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20863 \(fn)" nil nil)
20865 ;;;***
20867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22387 39326 863710
20868 ;;;;;; 251000))
20869 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20871 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20872 Completion for `gzip'.
20874 \(fn)" nil nil)
20876 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20877 Completion for `bzip2'.
20879 \(fn)" nil nil)
20881 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20882 Completion for GNU `make'.
20884 \(fn)" nil nil)
20886 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20887 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20889 \(fn)" nil nil)
20891 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20893 ;;;***
20895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22387 39326
20896 ;;;;;; 863710 251000))
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20899 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20900 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20902 \(fn)" nil nil)
20904 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20905 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20907 \(fn)" nil nil)
20909 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20910 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20912 \(fn)" nil nil)
20914 ;;;***
20916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22387 39326 863710
20917 ;;;;;; 251000))
20918 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20920 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20921 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20923 \(fn)" nil nil)
20925 ;;;***
20927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22387 39326 869710
20928 ;;;;;; 229000))
20929 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20931 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20932 Completion for `cd'.
20934 \(fn)" nil nil)
20936 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20938 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20939 Completion for `rmdir'.
20941 \(fn)" nil nil)
20943 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20944 Completion for `rm'.
20946 \(fn)" nil nil)
20948 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20949 Completion for `xargs'.
20951 \(fn)" nil nil)
20953 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20955 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20956 Completion for `which'.
20958 \(fn)" nil nil)
20960 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20961 Completion for the `chown' command.
20963 \(fn)" nil nil)
20965 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20966 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20968 \(fn)" nil nil)
20970 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20971 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20973 \(fn)" nil nil)
20975 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20976 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20977 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20979 \(fn)" nil nil)
20981 ;;;***
20983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22387 39326 870710
20984 ;;;;;; 226000))
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20987 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20988 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20990 \(fn)" nil nil)
20992 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20993 Completion for the `ack' command.
20994 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20995 long options.
20997 \(fn)" nil nil)
20999 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
21001 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
21002 Completion for the `ag' command.
21004 \(fn)" nil nil)
21006 ;;;***
21008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22387 39326 871710
21009 ;;;;;; 222000))
21010 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21012 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21013 Support extensible programmable completion.
21014 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21015 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21017 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21019 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21020 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21022 \(fn)" t nil)
21024 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21025 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21026 This will modify the current buffer.
21028 \(fn)" t nil)
21030 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21031 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21033 \(fn)" t nil)
21035 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21036 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21037 This will modify the current buffer.
21039 \(fn)" t nil)
21041 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21042 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21044 \(fn)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21047 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21049 \(fn)" t nil)
21051 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21052 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21053 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21054 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21055 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21057 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21059 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21060 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21062 \(fn)" nil nil)
21064 ;;;***
21066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22578 62356 750211 976000))
21067 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21069 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21070 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21071 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21072 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21074 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21076 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21078 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21079 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21080 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21081 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21082 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21083 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21084 FLAGS is ignored.
21086 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21089 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21090 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21091 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21092 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21093 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21094 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21095 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21097 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21099 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21100 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21101 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21102 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21103 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21104 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21105 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21106 passed to cvs.
21108 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21110 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21111 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21112 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21113 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21114 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21115 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21116 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21118 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21120 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21121 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21122 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21124 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21126 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21127 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21128 A value of nil means never do it.
21129 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21130 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21131 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21133 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21135 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21136 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21137 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21139 ;;;***
21141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22387 39328
21142 ;;;;;; 664703 821000))
21143 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21145 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21146 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21148 ;;;***
21150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22387
21151 ;;;;;; 39328 374704 856000))
21152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21153 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21154 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21155 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21156 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21157 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21158 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21160 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21161 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21162 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21163 Tab indents for Perl code.
21164 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21165 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21166 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21167 \\{perl-mode-map}
21168 Variables controlling indentation style:
21169 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21170 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21171 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21172 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21173 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21174 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21175 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21176 `perl-nochange'
21177 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21178 `perl-indent-level'
21179 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21180 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21181 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21182 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21183 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21184 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21185 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21186 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21187 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21188 `perl-brace-offset'
21189 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21190 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21191 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21192 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21193 `perl-label-offset'
21194 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21195 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21196 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21198 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21199 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21200 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21201 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21202 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21203 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21204 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21206 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21208 \(fn)" t nil)
21210 ;;;***
21212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22387 39328
21213 ;;;;;; 540704 263000))
21214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21216 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21217 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21218 \\<picture-mode-map>
21219 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21220 afterwards settable by these commands:
21222 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21223 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21224 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21225 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21227 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21228 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21229 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21230 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21232 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21233 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21234 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21235 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21237 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21238 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21239 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21240 with these commands:
21242 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21243 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21244 Move to column following last
21245 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21246 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21247 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21248 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21249 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21250 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21252 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21254 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21255 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21256 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21257 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21258 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21259 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21261 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21262 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21263 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21264 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21265 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21266 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21267 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21269 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21270 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21271 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21272 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21273 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21274 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21275 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21276 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21278 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21279 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21280 by supplying an argument.
21282 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21284 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21285 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21287 \(fn)" t nil)
21289 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21291 ;;;***
21293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22387 39327 986706
21294 ;;;;;; 241000))
21295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21296 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21298 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21299 Start a Pinentry service.
21301 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21302 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21304 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21305 will not be shown.
21307 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21309 ;;;***
21311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22387 39327 528707
21312 ;;;;;; 877000))
21313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21315 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21316 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21318 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21320 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21321 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21323 \(fn)" t nil)
21325 ;;;***
21327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22387 39328 540704
21328 ;;;;;; 263000))
21329 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21331 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21332 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21333 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21335 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21337 ;;;***
21339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22387 39328 266705 242000))
21340 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21342 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21343 Play pong and waste time.
21344 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21345 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21347 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21349 \\{pong-mode-map}
21351 \(fn)" t nil)
21353 ;;;***
21355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22387 39327 529707 873000))
21356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21358 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21359 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21360 Use streaming commands.
21362 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21364 ;;;***
21366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22387 39327 315708
21367 ;;;;;; 637000))
21368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21370 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21371 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21372 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21373 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21375 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21377 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21378 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21380 \(fn)" nil nil)
21382 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21383 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21384 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21385 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21386 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21388 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21390 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21391 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21392 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21394 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21396 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21397 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21399 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21401 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21402 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21403 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21404 Ignores leading comment characters.
21406 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21408 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21409 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21410 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21411 Ignores leading comment characters.
21413 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21415 ;;;***
21417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22578 62356 738212
21418 ;;;;;; 40000))
21419 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21420 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21422 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21423 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21425 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21427 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21429 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21431 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21432 Preview directory using ghostview.
21434 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21435 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21436 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21437 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21439 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21440 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21441 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21442 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21443 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21444 file name.
21446 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21448 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21450 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21451 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21453 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21454 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21455 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21456 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21458 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21459 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21460 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21461 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21462 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21463 file name.
21465 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21467 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21469 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21470 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21472 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21473 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21474 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21475 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21477 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21478 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21479 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21480 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21481 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21482 file name.
21484 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21486 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21488 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21489 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21491 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21493 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21494 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21495 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21496 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21498 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21499 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21500 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21501 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21502 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21503 file name.
21505 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21507 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21510 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21512 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21513 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21514 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21516 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21517 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21518 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21519 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21521 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21523 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21524 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21526 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21527 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21528 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21530 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21531 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21532 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21533 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21535 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21537 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21538 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21540 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21541 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21542 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21544 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21545 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21546 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21547 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21549 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21551 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21552 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21554 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21556 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21557 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21558 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21560 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21561 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21562 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21563 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21565 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21567 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21568 Preview region using ghostview.
21570 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21574 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21575 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21577 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21579 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21581 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21582 Print region using PostScript printer.
21584 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21586 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21588 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21589 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21591 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21593 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21595 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21596 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21598 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21600 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21602 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21603 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21605 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21607 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21609 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21610 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21612 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21614 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21616 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21617 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21619 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21621 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21623 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21624 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21625 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21626 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21628 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21629 matching.
21631 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21632 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21634 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21636 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21638 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21639 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21640 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21641 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21643 \(fn)" t nil)
21645 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21646 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21647 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21648 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21652 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21653 Print directory using text printer.
21655 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21656 matching.
21658 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21659 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21661 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21663 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21665 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21666 Print buffer using text printer.
21668 \(fn)" t nil)
21670 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21671 Print region using text printer.
21673 \(fn)" t nil)
21675 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21676 Print major mode using text printer.
21678 \(fn)" t nil)
21680 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21681 Preview spooled PostScript.
21683 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21684 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21685 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21687 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21688 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21689 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21691 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21693 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21694 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21696 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21697 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21698 instead of sending it to the printer.
21700 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21701 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21702 image in a file with that name.
21704 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21706 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21707 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21709 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21710 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21711 instead of sending it to the printer.
21713 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21714 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21715 image in a file with that name.
21717 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21720 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21722 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21723 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21724 instead of sending it to the printer.
21726 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21727 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21728 image in a file with that name.
21730 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21732 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21733 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21735 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21737 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21738 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21740 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21742 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21743 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21745 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21747 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21748 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21750 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21753 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21755 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21757 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21758 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21760 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21761 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21762 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21763 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21765 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21766 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21767 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21768 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21769 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21770 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21771 file name.
21773 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21775 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21776 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21778 \(fn)" t nil)
21780 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21781 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21783 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21784 right.
21785 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21786 bottom.
21788 \(fn)" t nil)
21790 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21791 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21793 \(fn)" t nil)
21795 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21796 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21798 \(fn)" t nil)
21800 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21801 Toggle printing with faces.
21803 \(fn)" t nil)
21805 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21806 Toggle spooling.
21808 \(fn)" t nil)
21810 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21811 Toggle duplex.
21813 \(fn)" t nil)
21815 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21816 Toggle tumble.
21818 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21819 right.
21820 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21821 bottom.
21823 \(fn)" t nil)
21825 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21826 Toggle landscape.
21828 \(fn)" t nil)
21830 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21831 Toggle upside-down.
21833 \(fn)" t nil)
21835 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21836 Toggle line number.
21838 \(fn)" t nil)
21840 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21841 Toggle zebra stripes.
21843 \(fn)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21846 Toggle printing header.
21848 \(fn)" t nil)
21850 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21851 Toggle printing header frame.
21853 \(fn)" t nil)
21855 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21856 Toggle menu lock.
21858 \(fn)" t nil)
21860 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21861 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21863 \(fn)" t nil)
21865 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21866 Toggle auto mode.
21868 \(fn)" t nil)
21870 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21871 Customization of the `printing' group.
21873 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21875 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21876 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21878 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21880 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21881 Help for the printing package.
21883 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21885 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21886 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21888 \(fn)" t nil)
21890 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21891 Interactively select a text printer.
21893 \(fn)" t nil)
21895 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21896 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21898 \(fn)" t nil)
21900 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21901 Show current ps-print settings.
21903 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21905 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21906 Show current printing settings.
21908 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21910 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21911 Show current lpr settings.
21913 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21915 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21916 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21918 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21919 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21920 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21921 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21924 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21926 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21927 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21928 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21930 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21931 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21932 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21933 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21934 current active printer.
21936 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21937 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21938 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21939 printer.
21941 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21942 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21943 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21944 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21945 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21948 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21949 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21951 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21953 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21954 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21955 be done using the new current active printer.
21957 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21958 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21959 printer.
21961 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21962 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21963 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21964 instead of sending it to the printer.
21966 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21967 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21968 printer.
21970 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21973 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21974 are both set to t.
21976 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21978 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21979 Fast fire function for text printing.
21981 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21982 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21983 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21984 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21986 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21987 user for a new active text printer.
21989 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21991 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21993 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21994 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21995 printer.
21997 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21999 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22000 are both set to t.
22002 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22004 ;;;***
22006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22387 39326 874710 211000))
22007 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22009 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22010 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22011 \\<proced-mode-map>
22012 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
22013 the process information.
22015 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22017 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
22018 Proced buffers.
22020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22022 ;;;***
22024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22432 21609 980325
22025 ;;;;;; 95000))
22026 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
22028 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
22029 Start/restart profilers.
22030 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
22031 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
22032 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
22034 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
22036 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
22037 Open profile FILENAME.
22039 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22041 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
22042 Open profile FILENAME.
22044 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22046 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
22047 Open profile FILENAME.
22049 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22051 ;;;***
22053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22387 39328
22054 ;;;;;; 379704 838000))
22055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
22057 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
22058 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
22059 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
22060 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
22061 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
22062 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
22064 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
22066 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
22067 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
22068 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
22069 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
22071 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22073 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
22074 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
22075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
22076 pattern to search for.
22078 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22080 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22081 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22082 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22083 recognized.
22085 \(fn)" t nil)
22087 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22088 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22089 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22090 recognized.
22092 \(fn)" t nil)
22094 ;;;***
22096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22387 39328
22097 ;;;;;; 381704 831000))
22098 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22100 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22101 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22103 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22104 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22106 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22108 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22109 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22111 Commands:
22112 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22114 \(fn)" t nil)
22116 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22117 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22118 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22120 \(fn)" t nil)
22122 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22123 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22124 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22126 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22128 ;;;***
22130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22387 39326 876710 204000))
22131 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22133 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22134 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22135 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22137 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22139 ;;;***
22141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22387 39328
22142 ;;;;;; 381704 831000))
22143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22144 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22146 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22147 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22149 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22151 The following variables hold user options, and can
22152 be set through the `customize' command:
22154 `ps-mode-tab'
22155 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22156 `ps-mode-print-function'
22157 `ps-run-prompt'
22158 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22159 `ps-run-x'
22160 `ps-run-dumb'
22161 `ps-run-init'
22162 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22163 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22165 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22168 \\{ps-mode-map}
22171 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22172 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22173 The keymap for this second window is:
22175 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22178 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22179 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22180 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22181 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22182 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22184 \(fn)" t nil)
22186 ;;;***
22188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22387 39326 881710
22189 ;;;;;; 186000))
22190 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22191 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22193 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22194 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22195 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22197 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22199 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22200 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22201 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22202 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22204 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22206 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22207 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22209 Valid values are:
22211 nil Do not print colors.
22213 t Print colors.
22215 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22216 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22218 Any other value is treated as t.")
22220 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22222 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22223 Customization of ps-print group.
22225 \(fn)" t nil)
22227 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22228 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22230 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22231 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22232 sending it to the printer.
22234 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22235 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22236 image in a file with that name.
22238 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22240 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22241 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22242 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22243 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22244 so it has a way to determine color values.
22246 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22248 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22249 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22250 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22252 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22254 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22255 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22256 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22257 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22258 so it has a way to determine color values.
22260 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22262 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22263 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22264 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22265 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22267 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22269 \(fn)" t nil)
22271 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22272 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22273 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22274 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22275 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22277 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22279 \(fn)" t nil)
22281 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22282 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22283 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22285 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22287 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22289 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22290 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22291 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22292 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22293 so it has a way to determine color values.
22295 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22297 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22299 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22300 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22302 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22303 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22304 instead of sending it to the printer.
22306 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22307 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22308 image in a file with that name.
22310 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22312 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22313 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22314 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22315 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22316 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22318 \(fn)" t nil)
22320 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22321 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22322 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22324 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22326 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22327 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22328 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22330 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22332 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22333 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22335 \(fn)" nil nil)
22337 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22338 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22340 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22341 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22343 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22344 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22346 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22348 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22350 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22352 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22353 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22355 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22356 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22358 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22359 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22361 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22363 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22365 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22367 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22368 foreground and background colors respectively.
22370 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22371 bold - use bold font.
22372 italic - use italic font.
22373 underline - put a line under text.
22374 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22375 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22376 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22377 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22378 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22380 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22382 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22384 ;;;***
22386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22387 39327 137709
22387 ;;;;;; 272000))
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22389 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22391 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22392 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22393 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22395 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22397 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22398 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22399 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22401 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22403 ;;;***
22405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22578 62356
22406 ;;;;;; 743212 14000))
22407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22408 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22410 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22412 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22414 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22415 Run an inferior Python process.
22417 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22418 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22419 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22420 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22421 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22423 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22424 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22425 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22426 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22428 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22429 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22430 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22432 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22434 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22435 Major mode for editing Python files.
22437 \\{python-mode-map}
22439 \(fn)" t nil)
22441 ;;;***
22443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22387 39327 530707 869000))
22444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22446 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22447 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22448 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22449 coding-system.
22451 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22452 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22454 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22455 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22456 them into characters should be done separately.
22458 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22460 ;;;***
22462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22387 39327
22463 ;;;;;; 616707 562000))
22464 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22466 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22467 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22469 \(fn)" nil nil)
22471 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22472 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22473 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22475 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22476 `quail-activate', which see.
22478 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22480 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22481 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22482 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22483 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22484 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22485 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22486 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22488 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22489 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22490 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22491 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22492 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22493 shown.
22494 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22496 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22497 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22498 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22499 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22500 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22501 list of candidates.
22503 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22504 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22505 command to be called.
22507 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22508 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22509 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22510 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22512 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22513 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22514 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22515 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22516 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22517 to t.
22519 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22520 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22521 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22522 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22524 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22525 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22526 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22527 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22528 defines no translations for single character keys.
22530 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22531 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22532 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22533 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22534 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22535 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22537 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22538 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22539 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22540 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22541 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22542 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22544 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22545 covers Quail translation region.
22547 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22548 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22549 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22550 for it) is inserted.
22552 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22553 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22554 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22556 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22557 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22558 non-Quail commands.
22560 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22562 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22563 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22565 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22566 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22567 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22568 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22569 you type is correctly handled.
22571 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22573 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22574 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22576 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22577 keyboard type.
22579 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22581 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22582 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22583 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22584 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22585 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22586 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22587 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22588 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22589 for the translation.
22590 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22592 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22593 it is used to handle KEY.
22595 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22596 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22597 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22598 the following annotation types are supported.
22600 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22601 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22603 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22604 candidate list.
22606 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22607 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22608 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22609 inserted.
22611 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22612 generated for the following translations.
22614 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22616 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22617 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22619 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22620 which to install MAP.
22622 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22624 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22626 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22627 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22629 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22630 which to install MAP.
22632 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22634 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22636 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22637 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22638 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22639 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22640 a function, or a cons.
22641 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22642 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22643 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22644 for the translation.
22645 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22646 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22647 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22648 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22649 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22651 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22652 it is used to handle KEY.
22654 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22655 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22656 current Quail package.
22658 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22659 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22661 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22663 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22664 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22666 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22667 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22669 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22671 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22672 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22674 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22676 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22677 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22678 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22679 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22680 of the Emacs source tree.
22682 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22683 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22685 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22686 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22687 of each directory.
22689 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22691 ;;;***
22693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22387
22694 ;;;;;; 39327 824706 820000))
22695 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22697 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22698 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22699 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22700 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22702 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22704 ;;;***
22706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22707 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 864706 677000))
22708 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22710 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22711 Activate UCS input method.
22712 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22714 While this input method is active, the variable
22715 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22717 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22719 ;;;***
22721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22387 39327 986706
22722 ;;;;;; 241000))
22723 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22725 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22726 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22727 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22728 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22730 To make use of this do something like:
22732 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22734 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22736 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22737 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22739 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22740 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22741 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22743 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22745 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22746 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22748 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22750 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22751 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22753 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22754 is decided.
22756 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22758 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22759 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22761 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22762 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22763 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22765 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22767 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22768 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22770 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22772 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22773 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22775 \(fn)" t nil)
22777 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22778 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22780 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22782 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22784 \(fn)" t nil)
22786 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22787 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22789 \(fn)" t nil)
22791 ;;;***
22793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22387 39327 987706
22794 ;;;;;; 238000))
22795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22797 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22798 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22800 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22802 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22804 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22806 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22808 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22811 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22813 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22814 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22815 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
22816 for a description of this minor mode.
22817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22819 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22821 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22823 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22824 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22827 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22831 ;;;***
22833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22387
22834 ;;;;;; 39327 315708 637000))
22835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22837 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22839 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22840 Construct a regexp interactively.
22841 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22842 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22843 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22845 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22846 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22848 \(fn)" t nil)
22850 ;;;***
22852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22387 39326 883710
22853 ;;;;;; 179000))
22854 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22856 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22857 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22858 See the `recentf-mode' command
22859 for a description of this minor mode.
22860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22861 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22862 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22864 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22866 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22867 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22868 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22869 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22870 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22872 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22873 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22874 were operated on recently.
22876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22878 ;;;***
22880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22578 62356 744212 8000))
22881 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22883 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22884 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22885 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22886 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22887 ends.
22889 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22890 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22891 to be deleted.
22893 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22895 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22896 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22897 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22899 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22900 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22901 deleted.
22903 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22905 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22906 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22907 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22909 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22911 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22912 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22914 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22915 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22917 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22918 deleted.
22920 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22921 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
22922 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22923 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22924 even beep.)
22926 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22928 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22929 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22931 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22933 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22934 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22936 \(fn)" t nil)
22938 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22939 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22940 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22941 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22942 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22943 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22944 and point is at the lower right corner.
22946 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22948 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22949 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22951 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22952 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22954 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22955 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22956 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22958 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22960 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22962 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22963 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22964 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22965 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22966 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22968 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22969 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22971 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22973 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22974 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22975 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22977 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22979 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22981 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22983 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22984 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22986 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22987 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22988 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22990 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22992 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22993 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22994 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22996 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22997 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22998 rectangle which were empty.
23000 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23002 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23003 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23005 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23006 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23007 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23008 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23010 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23012 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
23013 Toggle the region as rectangular.
23014 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
23016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23018 ;;;***
23020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22387 39328
23021 ;;;;;; 545704 246000))
23022 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23024 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23025 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23026 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23027 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23028 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23030 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23031 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23032 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23033 auto-filling.
23035 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23039 ;;;***
23041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22387 39328
23042 ;;;;;; 554704 213000))
23043 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23044 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
23045 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
23046 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
23047 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
23049 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23050 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23052 \(fn)" nil nil)
23054 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23055 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23057 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23058 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23060 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23061 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23062 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23063 \\ref macro.
23065 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23066 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23067 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23069 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23070 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23071 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23073 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23074 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23076 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23077 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23079 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23080 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23081 on the menu bar.
23083 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23087 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23088 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23089 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23091 \(fn)" nil nil)
23093 ;;;***
23095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22387
23096 ;;;;;; 39328 552704 220000))
23097 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23098 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23099 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23100 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23101 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23103 ;;;***
23105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22490
23106 ;;;;;; 22723 775600 274000))
23107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23109 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23110 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23111 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain
23112 any regexps, quoted or not. Optional PAREN specifies how the
23113 returned regexp is surrounded by grouping constructs.
23115 The optional argument PAREN can be any of the following:
23117 a string
23118 the resulting regexp is preceded by PAREN and followed by
23119 \\), e.g. use \"\\\\(?1:\" to produce an explicitly numbered
23120 group.
23122 `words'
23123 the resulting regexp is surrounded by \\=\\<\\( and \\)\\>.
23125 `symbols'
23126 the resulting regexp is surrounded by \\_<\\( and \\)\\_>.
23128 non-nil
23129 the resulting regexp is surrounded by \\( and \\).
23132 the resulting regexp is surrounded by \\(?: and \\), if it is
23133 necessary to ensure that a postfix operator appended to it will
23134 apply to the whole expression.
23136 The resulting regexp is equivalent to but usually more efficient
23137 than that of a simplified version:
23139 (defun simplified-regexp-opt (strings &optional paren)
23140 (let ((parens
23141 (cond ((stringp paren) (cons paren \"\\\\)\"))
23142 ((eq paren 'words) '(\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(\" . \"\\\\)\\\\>\"))
23143 ((eq paren 'symbols) '(\"\\\\_<\\\\(\" . \"\\\\)\\\\_>\"))
23144 ((null paren) '(\"\\\\(?:\" . \"\\\\)\"))
23145 (t '(\"\\\\(\" . \"\\\\)\")))))
23146 (concat (car paren)
23147 (mapconcat 'regexp-quote strings \"\\\\|\")
23148 (cdr paren))))
23150 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23152 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23153 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23154 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23155 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23157 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23159 ;;;***
23161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22387 39327 316708
23162 ;;;;;; 633000))
23163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23164 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23166 ;;;***
23168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22387 39328
23169 ;;;;;; 554704 213000))
23170 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23171 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23173 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23174 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23175 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23176 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23178 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23180 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23182 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23183 Call `remember' in another frame.
23185 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23187 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23188 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23189 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23191 \(fn)" t nil)
23193 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23194 Extract diary entries from the region.
23196 \(fn)" nil nil)
23198 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23199 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23200 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23201 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23203 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23205 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23206 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23207 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23208 minor mode.
23210 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23212 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23213 Return the buffer.
23215 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23216 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23217 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23219 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23221 ;;;***
23223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22387 39326 885710 172000))
23224 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23225 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23227 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23228 Repeat most recently executed command.
23229 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23230 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23231 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23233 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23234 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23235 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23236 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23238 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23239 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23240 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23242 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23244 ;;;***
23246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22387 39327
23247 ;;;;;; 929706 445000))
23248 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23250 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23251 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23253 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23254 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23255 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23256 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23257 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23258 and point is left after the salutation.
23260 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23261 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23262 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23263 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23264 left after that text.
23266 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23267 is non-nil.
23269 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23270 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23271 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23272 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23274 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23276 ;;;***
23278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22387 39326 886710
23279 ;;;;;; 169000))
23280 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23282 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23283 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23284 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23285 visibility of comments that precede it.
23286 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23287 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23288 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23289 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23290 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23291 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23292 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23293 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23294 the comment lines.
23295 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23296 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23297 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23298 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23299 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23303 ;;;***
23305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22387 39326 887710 165000))
23306 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23308 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23309 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23312 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23314 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23315 reveals invisible text around point.
23317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23319 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23320 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23321 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
23322 for a description of this minor mode.
23323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23325 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23327 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23329 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23330 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23331 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23333 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23334 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23335 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23339 ;;;***
23341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22387 39327 317708
23342 ;;;;;; 630000))
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23345 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23346 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23348 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23350 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23351 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23353 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23355 ;;;***
23357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22387 39327 989706
23358 ;;;;;; 231000))
23359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23361 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23362 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23363 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23364 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23366 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23368 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23369 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23370 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23371 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23373 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23374 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23376 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23377 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23379 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23380 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23381 INPUT-ARGS.
23383 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23384 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23385 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23386 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23387 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23389 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23390 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23391 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23392 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23394 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23395 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23396 variable.
23398 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23400 ;;;***
23402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22387 39327 932706
23403 ;;;;;; 434000))
23404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23406 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23407 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23409 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23411 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23413 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23414 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23415 Its name should end with a slash.")
23417 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23418 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23420 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23421 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23422 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23424 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23426 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23427 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23428 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23429 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23430 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23431 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23432 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23434 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23435 sent by you under different user names.
23436 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23438 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23440 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23442 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23444 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23445 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23446 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23447 explicitly.")
23449 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23451 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23452 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23453 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23454 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23455 which normally happens once for each message,
23456 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23457 To make a change in this variable take effect
23458 for a message that you have already viewed,
23459 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23461 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23463 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23464 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23465 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23466 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23468 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23470 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23471 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23473 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23475 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23476 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23477 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23479 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23481 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23482 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23483 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23484 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23485 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23486 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23488 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23490 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23491 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23493 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23495 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23496 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23498 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23500 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23501 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23503 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23504 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23506 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23508 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23509 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23511 This is set to nil by default.")
23513 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23514 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23515 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23516 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23517 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23518 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23519 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23521 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23522 Read and edit incoming mail.
23523 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23524 file in RMAIL Mode.
23525 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23527 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23528 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23529 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23530 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23532 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23534 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23536 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23537 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23538 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23539 Instead, these commands are available:
23541 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23542 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23543 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23544 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23545 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23546 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23547 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23548 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23549 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23550 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23551 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23552 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23553 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23554 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23555 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23556 till a deleted message is found.
23557 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23558 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23559 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23560 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23561 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23562 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23563 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23564 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23565 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23566 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23567 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23568 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23569 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23570 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23571 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23572 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23573 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23574 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23575 (label defaults to last one specified).
23576 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23577 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23578 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23579 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23580 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23581 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23582 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23583 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23584 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23586 \(fn)" t nil)
23588 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23589 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23591 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23593 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23594 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23596 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23598 ;;;***
23600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22387 39327
23601 ;;;;;; 935706 423000))
23602 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23603 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23605 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23606 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23607 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23608 case it writes Babyl.
23610 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23611 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23612 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23613 `rmail-default-file'.
23615 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23616 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23617 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23619 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23620 the header display is currently pruned.
23622 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23623 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23624 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23625 messages after output.
23627 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23628 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23629 message (if writing a file directly).
23631 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23632 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23634 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23636 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23637 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23638 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23639 i) the header is output as currently seen
23640 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23641 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23643 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23644 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23645 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23647 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23649 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23650 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23651 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23652 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23653 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23654 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23655 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23657 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23658 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23659 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23661 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23663 ;;;***
23665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22387 39328
23666 ;;;;;; 61705 974000))
23667 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23669 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23670 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23671 Return a pattern.
23673 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23675 ;;;***
23677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22387 39328
23678 ;;;;;; 63705 966000))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23681 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23682 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23683 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23684 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23686 \(fn)" t nil)
23688 ;;;***
23690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22387 39328
23691 ;;;;;; 66705 956000))
23692 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23694 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23695 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23697 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23698 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23699 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23700 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23701 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23702 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23703 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23704 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23705 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23706 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23708 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23709 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23710 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23711 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23712 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23713 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23714 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23715 to use for finding the schema.
23717 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23719 ;;;***
23721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22387 39328 67705
23722 ;;;;;; 952000))
23723 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23725 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23727 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23728 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23729 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23730 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23731 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23732 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23733 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23734 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23735 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23736 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23737 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23738 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23739 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23740 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23741 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23742 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23743 must be equal.
23745 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23747 ;;;***
23749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22387 39327
23750 ;;;;;; 617707 559000))
23751 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23753 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23754 Define a robin package.
23756 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23757 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23758 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23759 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23761 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23762 one replaces the old one.
23764 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23766 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23767 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23769 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23770 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23771 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23773 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23775 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23776 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23778 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23780 ;;;***
23782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22387 39326 887710 165000))
23783 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23785 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23786 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23788 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23790 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23791 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23793 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23795 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23796 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23798 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23800 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23801 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23802 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23804 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23805 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23806 in ROT13.
23808 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23810 \(fn)" t nil)
23812 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23813 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23815 \(fn)" t nil)
23817 ;;;***
23819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22578 62356 749211
23820 ;;;;;; 981000))
23821 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23822 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23824 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23825 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23826 \\<rst-mode-map>
23828 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23829 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23830 highlighting.
23832 \\{rst-mode-map}
23834 \(fn)" t nil)
23836 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23837 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23839 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23840 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23842 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23843 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23844 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23848 ;;;***
23850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22387
23851 ;;;;;; 39328 385704 817000))
23852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23853 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23855 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23856 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23858 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23860 \(fn)" t nil)
23862 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23864 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23866 ;;;***
23868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22387 39326 888710
23869 ;;;;;; 161000))
23870 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23871 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23873 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23874 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23875 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23877 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23878 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23879 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23880 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23881 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23885 ;;;***
23887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22387 39327 317708
23888 ;;;;;; 630000))
23889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23891 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23892 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23893 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23894 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23896 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23898 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23899 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23900 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23902 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23903 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23904 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23906 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23907 notation.
23909 STRING
23910 matches string STRING literally.
23912 CHAR
23913 matches character CHAR literally.
23915 `not-newline', `nonl'
23916 matches any character except a newline.
23918 `anything'
23919 matches any character
23921 `(any SET ...)'
23922 `(in SET ...)'
23923 `(char SET ...)'
23924 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23925 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23926 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23928 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23929 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23930 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23931 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23933 `(not (any SET ...))'
23934 matches any character not in SET ...
23936 `line-start', `bol'
23937 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23938 in the text being matched
23940 `line-end', `eol'
23941 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23943 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23944 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23945 string being matched against.
23947 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23948 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23949 string being matched against.
23951 `buffer-start'
23952 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23953 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23955 `buffer-end'
23956 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23957 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23959 `point'
23960 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23962 `word-start', `bow'
23963 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23965 `word-end', `eow'
23966 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23968 `word-boundary'
23969 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23970 word.
23972 `(not word-boundary)'
23973 `not-word-boundary'
23974 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23975 word.
23977 `symbol-start'
23978 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23980 `symbol-end'
23981 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23983 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23984 matches 0 through 9.
23986 `control', `cntrl'
23987 matches ASCII control characters.
23989 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23990 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23992 `blank'
23993 matches space and tab only.
23995 `graphic', `graph'
23996 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23997 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23998 unassigned by Unicode.
24000 `printing', `print'
24001 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
24003 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24004 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
24005 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
24007 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24008 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
24009 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
24011 `ascii'
24012 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24014 `nonascii'
24015 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24017 `lower', `lower-case'
24018 matches anything lower-case.
24020 `upper', `upper-case'
24021 matches anything upper-case.
24023 `punctuation', `punct'
24024 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24025 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24027 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24028 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24030 `word', `wordchar'
24031 matches anything that has word syntax.
24033 `not-wordchar'
24034 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24036 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24037 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24038 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24039 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24041 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24042 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24043 `word' (\\sw)
24044 `symbol' (\\s_)
24045 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24046 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24047 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24048 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24049 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24050 `escape' (\\s\\)
24051 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24052 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24053 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24054 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24055 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24057 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24058 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24060 `(category CATEGORY)'
24061 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24062 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24064 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24065 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24066 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24067 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24068 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24069 `symbol' (\\c5)
24070 `digit' (\\c6)
24071 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24072 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24073 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24074 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24075 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24076 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24077 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
24078 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24079 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24080 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24081 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24082 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24083 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24084 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24085 `ascii' (\\ca)
24086 `arabic' (\\cb)
24087 `chinese' (\\cc)
24088 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24089 `greek' (\\cg)
24090 `korean' (\\ch)
24091 `indian' (\\ci)
24092 `japanese' (\\cj)
24093 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24094 `latin' (\\cl)
24095 `lao' (\\co)
24096 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24097 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24098 `thai' (\\ct)
24099 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24100 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24101 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24102 `can-break' (\\c|)
24104 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24105 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24107 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24108 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24109 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24110 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24111 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24113 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24114 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24115 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24116 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24118 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24119 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24120 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24121 group number N.
24123 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24124 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24125 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24126 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24127 regular expression.
24129 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24130 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24131 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24132 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24133 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24135 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24136 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24138 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24139 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24141 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24142 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24143 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24145 `(* SEXP ...)'
24146 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24147 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24149 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24150 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24151 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24153 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24154 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24155 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24157 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24158 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24160 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24161 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24163 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24164 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24165 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24166 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24168 `(? SEXP ...)'
24169 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24171 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24172 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24174 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24175 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24176 matches N occurrences.
24178 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24179 matches N or more occurrences.
24181 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24182 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24183 matches N to M occurrences.
24185 `(backref N)'
24186 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24188 `(eval FORM)'
24189 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24190 `regexp-quote' it.
24192 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24193 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24195 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24197 ;;;***
24199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22387 39327
24200 ;;;;;; 990706 227000))
24201 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24202 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24204 ;;;***
24206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22387 39326 888710
24207 ;;;;;; 161000))
24208 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24209 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24211 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24212 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24213 See the `savehist-mode' command
24214 for a description of this minor mode.
24215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24217 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24219 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24221 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24222 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24227 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24228 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24229 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24230 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24232 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24233 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24234 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24238 ;;;***
24240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22387 39326 889710
24241 ;;;;;; 158000))
24242 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24244 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24245 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24246 See the `save-place-mode' command
24247 for a description of this minor mode.
24248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24250 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24252 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24254 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24255 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24256 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24257 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24261 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24262 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24263 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24264 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24265 even in a later Emacs session.
24267 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24268 the argument is positive.
24270 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24271 file:
24273 \(save-place-mode 1)
24275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24277 ;;;***
24279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22387 39328
24280 ;;;;;; 387704 809000))
24281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24283 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24284 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24285 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24287 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24288 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24289 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24290 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24291 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24292 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24293 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24294 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24296 Commands:
24297 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24298 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24299 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24301 \(fn)" t nil)
24303 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24304 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24305 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24307 Commands:
24308 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24309 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24310 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24311 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24312 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24313 that variable's value is a string.
24315 \(fn)" t nil)
24317 ;;;***
24319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22387 39327
24320 ;;;;;; 533707 859000))
24321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24323 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24324 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24325 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24327 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24329 \(fn)" t nil)
24331 ;;;***
24333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22387 39326 890710
24334 ;;;;;; 154000))
24335 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24337 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24338 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24339 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
24340 for a description of this minor mode.
24341 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24342 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24343 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24345 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24347 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24348 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24349 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24350 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24351 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24353 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24354 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24358 ;;;***
24360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22387 39326
24361 ;;;;;; 891710 151000))
24362 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24364 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24365 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24367 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24368 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24369 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24370 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24371 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24375 ;;;***
24377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22387 39327 991706
24378 ;;;;;; 223000))
24379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24380 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24381 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24383 ;;;***
24385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22387 39327
24386 ;;;;;; 138709 269000))
24387 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24388 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24390 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24391 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24392 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24394 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24395 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24396 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24397 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24398 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24399 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24400 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24401 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24402 keybinding for tag names.
24403 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24404 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24405 of the symbol under point.
24406 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24407 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24408 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24409 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24410 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24411 syntax tokens.
24412 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24414 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24416 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24417 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24418 See the `semantic-mode' command
24419 for a description of this minor mode.
24420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24421 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24422 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24424 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24426 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24427 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24428 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24429 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24430 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24432 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24433 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24434 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24435 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24436 Semantic mode.
24438 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24442 ;;;***
24444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24445 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 240708 905000))
24446 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24448 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24449 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24451 \(fn)" t nil)
24453 ;;;***
24455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24456 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 249708 873000))
24457 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24459 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24460 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24462 \(fn)" t nil)
24464 ;;;***
24466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22387 39327
24467 ;;;;;; 937706 416000))
24468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24470 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24471 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24473 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24474 king@grassland.com
24475 If `parens', they look like:
24476 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24477 If `angles', they look like:
24478 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24480 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24481 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24483 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24485 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24486 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24487 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24488 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24490 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24491 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24492 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24493 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24495 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24497 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24498 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24499 This is done when the message is initialized,
24500 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24502 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24504 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24505 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24506 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24508 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24510 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24511 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24512 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24513 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24514 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24515 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24516 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24518 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24520 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24521 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24523 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24525 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24526 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24527 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24528 be a Babyl file.")
24530 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24532 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24533 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24534 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24535 when you first send mail.")
24537 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24539 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24540 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24541 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24542 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24543 This file need not actually exist.")
24545 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24547 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24548 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24550 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24552 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24553 Alist of mail address aliases,
24554 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24555 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24556 can specify a different file name.)
24557 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24558 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24560 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24561 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24562 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24564 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24566 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24567 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24568 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24570 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24572 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24573 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24574 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24575 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24576 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24577 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24578 in the cited portion of the message.
24580 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24581 instead of no action.")
24583 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24585 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24586 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24587 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24588 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24589 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24591 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24593 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24594 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24595 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24596 If a string, that string is inserted.
24597 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24598 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24599 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24600 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24602 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24604 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24605 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24607 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24609 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24610 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24611 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24613 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24614 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24616 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24618 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24619 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24620 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24621 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24623 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24625 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24626 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24627 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24629 \(fn)" nil nil)
24631 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24633 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24636 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24638 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24639 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24640 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24642 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24643 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24645 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24646 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24647 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24648 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24649 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24650 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24651 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24652 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24653 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24654 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24655 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24656 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24657 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24658 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24660 \(fn)" t nil)
24662 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24663 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24664 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24665 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24667 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24669 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24670 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24671 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24672 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24673 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24674 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24676 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24677 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24678 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24680 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24681 User should not set this variable manually,
24682 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24683 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24684 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24686 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24687 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24688 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24689 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24691 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24692 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24694 \\<mail-mode-map>
24695 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24697 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24698 to move to message header fields:
24699 \\{mail-mode-map}
24701 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24702 when the message is initialized.
24704 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24705 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24707 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24708 is inserted.
24710 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24711 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24713 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24714 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24715 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24716 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24717 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24718 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24719 buffer without erasing the contents.
24721 The second through fifth arguments,
24722 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24723 the initial contents of those header fields.
24724 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24725 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24726 original message being replied to, or else an action
24727 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24728 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24729 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24730 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24731 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24732 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24734 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24736 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24737 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24739 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24741 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24742 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24744 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24746 ;;;***
24748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22490 22723 987599
24749 ;;;;;; 335000))
24750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24751 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24753 ;;;***
24755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22387 39326 892710 147000))
24756 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24758 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24760 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24762 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24764 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24765 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24766 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24767 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24768 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24769 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24771 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24772 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24774 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24775 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24776 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24778 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24779 \\[server-start].
24781 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24783 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24784 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24785 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24786 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24788 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24790 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24791 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24792 See the `server-mode' command
24793 for a description of this minor mode.
24794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24795 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24796 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24798 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24800 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24801 Toggle Server mode.
24802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24804 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24806 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24807 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24808 `server-start' for details.
24810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24812 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24813 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24814 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24816 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24817 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24819 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24821 ;;;***
24823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22458 46685 211272 717000))
24824 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24826 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24827 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24829 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24830 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24831 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24832 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24833 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24835 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24836 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24837 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24838 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24839 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24840 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24842 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24843 displayed.
24845 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24846 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24847 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24849 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24850 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24852 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24853 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24855 \\{ses-mode-map}
24856 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24857 part):
24858 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24859 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24860 formula:
24861 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24863 \(fn)" t nil)
24865 ;;;***
24867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22387
24868 ;;;;;; 39328 566704 170000))
24869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24871 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24872 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24873 Makes > match <.
24874 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24875 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24877 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24878 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24879 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24881 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24882 in your init file.
24884 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24886 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24887 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24888 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24890 \(fn)" t nil)
24892 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24893 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24894 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24895 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24896 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24897 which this is based.
24899 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24901 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24902 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24903 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24904 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24906 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24907 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24908 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24910 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24911 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24912 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24913 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24915 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24916 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24917 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24918 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24920 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24922 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24923 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24924 To work around that, do:
24925 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24927 \\{html-mode-map}
24929 \(fn)" t nil)
24931 ;;;***
24933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22578
24934 ;;;;;; 62356 743212 14000))
24935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24936 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24937 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24939 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24940 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24941 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24942 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24943 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24944 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24946 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24947 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24948 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24949 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24950 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24952 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24953 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24954 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24955 \\<sh-mode-map>
24956 \\[sh-case] case statement
24957 \\[sh-for] for loop
24958 \\[sh-function] function definition
24959 \\[sh-if] if statement
24960 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24961 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24962 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24963 \\[sh-select] select loop
24964 \\[sh-until] until loop
24965 \\[sh-while] while loop
24967 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24968 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24969 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24970 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24971 would indent to the way it currently is.
24972 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24973 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24976 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24977 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24978 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24979 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24980 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24982 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24983 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24984 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24986 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24987 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24988 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24990 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24991 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24993 \(fn)" t nil)
24995 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24997 ;;;***
24999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22387 39327
25000 ;;;;;; 318708 626000))
25001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25003 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25004 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25006 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25007 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25008 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25010 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25011 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25012 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25013 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25014 the earlier.
25016 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25018 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
25020 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25021 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25022 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25024 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25025 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25027 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25028 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25029 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25030 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25031 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25032 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
25033 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25034 Emacs version).
25036 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25037 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25038 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25039 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25040 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25042 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25043 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25045 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25047 ;;;***
25049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22387 39326 894710
25050 ;;;;;; 140000))
25051 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25053 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25054 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25055 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25056 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25057 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25058 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25059 sites in the cluster.
25061 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25063 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25064 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25065 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25066 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25067 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25069 \(fn)" t nil)
25071 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25072 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25073 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25074 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25075 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25076 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25077 `shadow-define-cluster').
25079 \(fn)" t nil)
25081 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25082 Set up file shadowing.
25084 \(fn)" t nil)
25086 ;;;***
25088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22387 39326 895710 137000))
25089 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25091 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25092 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25093 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25094 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25095 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25096 arguments.")
25098 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25100 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25101 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25102 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25103 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25104 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25106 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25107 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25108 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25109 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25110 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25111 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25112 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25113 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25114 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25115 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25116 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25118 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25119 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25120 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25121 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25122 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25123 `default-process-coding-system'.
25125 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25126 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25127 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25128 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25130 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25132 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25134 ;;;***
25136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22578 62356 730212 84000))
25137 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25139 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25140 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25142 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25144 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25145 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25146 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25147 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25149 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25151 ;;;***
25153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22387 39327 534707
25154 ;;;;;; 855000))
25155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25157 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25160 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25162 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25165 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25167 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25170 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25172 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25175 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25177 ;;;***
25179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22387 39327
25180 ;;;;;; 534707 855000))
25181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25183 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25184 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25185 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25186 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25187 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25189 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25191 \(fn)" t nil)
25193 ;;;***
25195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22387 39328
25196 ;;;;;; 390704 799000))
25197 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25199 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25200 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25201 \\{simula-mode-map}
25202 Variables controlling indentation style:
25203 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25204 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25205 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25206 `simula-indent-level'
25207 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25208 `simula-substatement-offset'
25209 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25210 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25211 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25212 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25213 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25214 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25215 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25216 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25217 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25218 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25219 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25220 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25221 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25222 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25223 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25224 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25225 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25226 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25227 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25228 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25229 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25230 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25231 or nil if they should not be changed.
25232 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25233 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25234 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25235 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25237 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25238 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25240 \(fn)" t nil)
25242 ;;;***
25244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22387 39326 901710
25245 ;;;;;; 115000))
25246 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25248 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25249 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25251 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25252 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25253 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25254 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25256 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25258 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25260 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25261 Insert SKELETON.
25262 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25263 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25264 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25265 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25266 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25268 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25269 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25271 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25273 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25274 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25276 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25277 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25278 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25279 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25281 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25282 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25283 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25284 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25286 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25287 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25288 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25290 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25291 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25293 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25294 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25296 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25297 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25298 is at bol/eol
25299 _ interesting point, interregion here
25300 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25301 interesting point set by _
25302 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25303 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25304 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25305 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25306 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25307 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25308 nil skipped
25310 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25311 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25313 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25314 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25315 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25316 as the first element when at bol.
25318 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25319 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25320 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25321 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25322 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25323 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25324 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25325 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25327 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25328 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25329 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25330 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25331 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25332 available:
25334 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25335 then: insert previously read string once more
25336 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25337 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25338 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25340 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25341 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25343 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25345 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25346 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25348 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25349 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25350 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25351 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25352 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25353 such as backslash.
25355 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25356 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25357 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25358 twice for the others.
25360 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25362 ;;;***
25364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22387 39328
25365 ;;;;;; 668703 806000))
25366 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25368 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25369 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25370 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25371 buffer names.
25373 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25375 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25376 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25377 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25378 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25379 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25380 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25384 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25385 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25386 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25388 \(fn)" t nil)
25390 ;;;***
25392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22387 39327 535707
25393 ;;;;;; 851000))
25394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25396 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25397 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25398 A list of images is returned.
25400 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25402 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25403 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25404 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25408 ;;;***
25410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22387 39327
25411 ;;;;;; 938706 413000))
25412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25414 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25417 \(fn)" nil nil)
25419 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25420 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25422 \(fn)" t nil)
25424 ;;;***
25426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22387 39328 271705
25427 ;;;;;; 224000))
25428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25430 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25431 Play the Snake game.
25432 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25434 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25436 Snake mode keybindings:
25437 \\<snake-mode-map>
25438 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25439 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25440 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25441 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25442 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25443 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25444 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25446 \(fn)" t nil)
25448 ;;;***
25450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22387 39327
25451 ;;;;;; 993706 216000))
25452 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25454 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25455 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25456 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25457 Tab indents for C code.
25458 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25459 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25460 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25461 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25462 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25464 \(fn)" t nil)
25466 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25467 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25468 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25469 Tab indents for C code.
25470 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25471 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25472 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25473 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25474 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25476 \(fn)" t nil)
25478 ;;;***
25480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22387 39327
25481 ;;;;;; 995706 209000))
25482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25483 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25485 ;;;***
25487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22387 39327 123709
25488 ;;;;;; 322000))
25489 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25491 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25492 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25493 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25494 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25495 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25497 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25501 ;;;***
25503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22387 39328
25504 ;;;;;; 272705 220000))
25505 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25507 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25508 Play Solitaire.
25510 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25511 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25512 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25513 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25514 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25515 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25516 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25517 check after each move or undo.)
25519 What is Solitaire?
25521 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25522 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25523 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25525 Le Solitaire
25526 ============
25528 o o o
25530 o o o
25532 o o o o o o o
25534 o o o . o o o
25536 o o o o o o o
25538 o o o
25540 o o o
25542 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25543 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25544 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25545 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25547 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25548 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25549 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25550 this: o o .
25552 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25553 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25555 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25557 o o o
25559 . o o
25561 o o . o o o o
25563 o . o o o o o
25565 o o o o o o o
25567 o o o
25569 o o o
25571 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25573 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25575 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25577 ;;;***
25579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22387 39326 901710 115000))
25580 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25581 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25583 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25584 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25586 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25587 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25588 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25589 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25590 contiguous.
25592 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25593 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25594 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25595 the sort order.
25597 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25598 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25600 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25601 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25602 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25603 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25604 is called.
25606 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25607 It should move point to the end of the record.
25609 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25610 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25611 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25612 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25613 starts at the beginning of the record.
25615 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25616 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25617 same as ENDRECFUN.
25619 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25620 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25621 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25622 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25623 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25624 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25625 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25627 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25629 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25630 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25631 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25632 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25633 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25634 the sort order.
25636 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25638 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25639 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25640 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25641 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25642 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25643 the sort order.
25645 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25647 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25648 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25649 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25650 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25651 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25652 the sort order.
25654 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25655 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25657 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25658 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25659 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25660 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25661 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25662 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25663 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25664 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25665 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25667 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25669 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25670 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25671 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25672 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25673 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25674 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25675 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25676 the sort order.
25678 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25680 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25681 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25682 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25683 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25685 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25686 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25688 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25689 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25690 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25691 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25692 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25693 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25694 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25695 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25697 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25699 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25700 the sort order.
25702 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25703 starting with the letter \"f\",
25704 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25706 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25708 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25709 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25710 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25711 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25712 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25713 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25714 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25715 the sort order.
25717 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25718 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25719 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25720 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25721 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25723 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25725 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25726 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25727 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25729 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25731 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25732 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25733 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25734 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25735 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25736 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25737 each repeated line.
25739 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25740 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25741 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25742 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25744 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25745 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25747 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25748 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25750 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25752 ;;;***
25754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22387 39327 538707 841000))
25755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25757 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25758 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25759 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25760 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25761 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25762 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25764 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25766 ;;;***
25768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22387
25769 ;;;;;; 39327 536707 848000))
25770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25772 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25773 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25775 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25776 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25777 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25779 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25781 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25782 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25783 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25784 server.
25786 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25788 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25789 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25790 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25792 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25794 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25795 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25796 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25797 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25798 Agent is plugged.
25800 \(fn)" t nil)
25802 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25803 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25804 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25805 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25807 \(fn)" t nil)
25809 ;;;***
25811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22387 39326 903710
25812 ;;;;;; 108000))
25813 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25815 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25817 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25818 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25819 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25820 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25821 supported at a time.
25822 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25823 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25827 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25828 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25829 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25830 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25832 \(fn)" t nil)
25834 ;;;***
25836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22387 39328 272705
25837 ;;;;;; 220000))
25838 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25840 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25841 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25843 \(fn)" t nil)
25845 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25846 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25848 \(fn)" nil nil)
25850 ;;;***
25852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22387 39328 393704
25853 ;;;;;; 788000))
25854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25855 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25857 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25858 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25860 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25861 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25862 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25863 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25864 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25865 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25866 of the current highlighting list.
25868 For example:
25870 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25871 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25873 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25874 `_t' as data types.
25876 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25878 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25879 Major mode to edit SQL.
25881 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25882 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25883 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25885 \\{sql-mode-map}
25886 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25888 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25889 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25890 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25891 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25892 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25893 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25895 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25896 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25898 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25899 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25900 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25902 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25903 (lambda ()
25904 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25906 \(fn)" t nil)
25908 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25909 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25911 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25912 their settings.
25914 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25915 is specified in the connection settings.
25917 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25919 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25920 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25922 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25923 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25925 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25926 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25927 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25928 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25930 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25932 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25934 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25935 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25937 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25938 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25939 `*SQL*'.
25941 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25942 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25943 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25944 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25946 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25947 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25949 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25950 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25951 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25952 buffer.
25954 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25955 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25956 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25957 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25958 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25959 `default-process-coding-system'.
25961 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25963 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25965 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25966 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25968 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25969 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25970 `*SQL*'.
25972 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25973 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25974 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25975 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25977 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25978 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25980 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25981 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25982 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25983 buffer.
25985 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25986 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25987 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25988 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25989 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25990 `default-process-coding-system'.
25992 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25994 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25996 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25997 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25999 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26000 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26001 `*SQL*'.
26003 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26004 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26006 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26007 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26009 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26010 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26011 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26012 buffer.
26014 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26015 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26016 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26017 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26018 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26019 `default-process-coding-system'.
26021 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26023 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26025 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26026 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26028 SQLite is free software.
26030 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26031 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26032 `*SQL*'.
26034 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26035 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26036 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26037 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26039 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26040 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26042 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26043 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26044 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26045 buffer.
26047 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26048 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26049 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26050 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26051 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26052 `default-process-coding-system'.
26054 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26056 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26058 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26059 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26061 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26063 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26064 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26065 `*SQL*'.
26067 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26068 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26069 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26070 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26072 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26073 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26075 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26076 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26077 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26078 buffer.
26080 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26081 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26082 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26083 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26084 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26085 `default-process-coding-system'.
26087 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26089 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26091 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26092 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26094 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26095 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26096 `*SQL*'.
26098 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26099 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26100 defaults, if set.
26102 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26103 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26105 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26106 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26107 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26108 buffer.
26110 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26111 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26112 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26113 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26114 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26115 `default-process-coding-system'.
26117 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26119 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26121 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26122 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26124 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26125 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26126 `*SQL*'.
26128 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26129 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26131 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26132 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26134 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26135 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26136 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26137 buffer.
26139 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26140 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26141 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26142 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26143 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26144 `default-process-coding-system'.
26146 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26148 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26150 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26151 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26153 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26154 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26155 `*SQL*'.
26157 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26158 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26159 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26160 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26162 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26163 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26165 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26166 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26167 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26168 buffer.
26170 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26171 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26172 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26173 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26174 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26175 `default-process-coding-system'.
26177 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26179 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26181 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26182 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26184 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26185 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26186 `*SQL*'.
26188 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26189 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26190 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26191 `sql-postgres-options'.
26193 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26194 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26196 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26197 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26198 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26199 buffer.
26201 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26202 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26203 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26204 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26205 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26206 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26207 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26208 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26210 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26211 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26213 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26215 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26217 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26218 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26220 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26221 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26222 `*SQL*'.
26224 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26225 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26226 defaults, if set.
26228 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26229 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26231 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26232 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26233 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26234 buffer.
26236 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26237 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26238 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26239 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26240 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26241 `default-process-coding-system'.
26243 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26245 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26247 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26248 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26250 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26251 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26252 `*SQL*'.
26254 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26255 automatic login.
26257 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26258 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26260 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26261 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26262 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26263 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26265 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26266 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26267 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26268 buffer.
26270 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26271 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26272 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26273 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26274 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26275 `default-process-coding-system'.
26277 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26279 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26281 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26282 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26284 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26285 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26286 `*SQL*'.
26288 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26289 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26290 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26291 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26292 parameters.
26294 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26295 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26296 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26297 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26298 an empty password.
26300 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26301 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26303 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26304 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26305 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26306 buffer.
26308 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26310 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26312 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26313 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26315 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26317 ;;;***
26319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22387 39327 139709
26320 ;;;;;; 265000))
26321 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26322 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26324 ;;;***
26326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26327 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 265708 816000))
26328 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26330 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26331 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26333 \(fn)" t nil)
26335 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26337 ;;;***
26339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22387 39327
26340 ;;;;;; 538707 841000))
26341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26343 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26344 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26345 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26346 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26347 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26348 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26349 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26350 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26351 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26352 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26353 with any buffer
26354 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26355 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26356 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26357 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26359 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26361 ;;;***
26363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22387 39326 907710
26364 ;;;;;; 94000))
26365 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26367 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26368 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26369 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26370 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26371 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26372 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26374 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26376 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26379 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26380 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26381 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26382 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26383 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26384 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26386 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26388 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26389 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26390 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26391 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26392 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26393 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26394 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26396 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26398 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26399 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26400 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26402 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26404 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26405 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26406 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26408 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26410 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26411 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26413 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26415 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26416 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26418 \(fn)" t nil)
26420 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26421 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26423 \(fn)" t nil)
26425 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26426 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26427 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26428 by command name.
26429 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26431 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26433 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26434 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26435 See the `strokes-mode' command
26436 for a description of this minor mode.
26437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26438 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26439 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26441 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26443 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26444 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26445 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26446 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26447 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26449 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26450 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26451 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26452 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26453 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26455 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26456 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26457 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26458 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26460 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26464 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26465 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26466 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26467 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26469 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26471 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26472 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26474 \(fn)" t nil)
26476 ;;;***
26478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22387 39328 273705
26479 ;;;;;; 217000))
26480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26482 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26483 Studlify-case the region.
26485 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26487 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26488 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26490 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26492 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26493 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26495 \(fn)" t nil)
26497 ;;;***
26499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22387 39328
26500 ;;;;;; 394704 784000))
26501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26503 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26505 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26506 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26511 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26512 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26513 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26514 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26516 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26517 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26518 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26520 Nomenclature Subwords
26521 ===========================================================
26522 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26523 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26524 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26526 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26527 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26529 \\{subword-mode-map}
26531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26533 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26534 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26535 See the `global-subword-mode' command
26536 for a description of this minor mode.
26537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26539 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26541 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26543 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26544 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26545 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26546 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26547 ARG is omitted or nil.
26549 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26550 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26551 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26555 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26556 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26558 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26561 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26562 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26563 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26564 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26566 \\{superword-mode-map}
26568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26570 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26571 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26572 See the `global-superword-mode' command
26573 for a description of this minor mode.
26574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26575 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26576 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26578 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26580 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26581 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26582 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26583 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26584 ARG is omitted or nil.
26586 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26587 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26588 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26592 ;;;***
26594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22387 39327
26595 ;;;;;; 939706 409000))
26596 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26598 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26599 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26600 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26601 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26602 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26603 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26604 original message but it does require a few things:
26606 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26608 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26609 reply buffer.
26611 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26612 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26613 original message.
26615 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26617 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26619 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26620 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26621 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26623 \(fn)" nil nil)
26625 ;;;***
26627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22387 39326 911710
26628 ;;;;;; 79000))
26629 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26631 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26633 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26634 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26635 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
26636 for a description of this minor mode.
26637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26639 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26641 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26643 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26644 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26645 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26646 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26647 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26649 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26650 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26651 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26653 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26654 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26655 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26659 ;;;***
26661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22387 39326 911710 79000))
26662 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26664 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26665 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26666 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26667 buffer.
26669 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26670 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26671 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26673 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26675 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26676 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26677 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26678 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26679 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26680 buffer.
26682 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26683 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26684 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26686 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26688 ;;;***
26690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22387 39328 569704
26691 ;;;;;; 160000))
26692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26694 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26695 Insert an editable text table.
26696 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26697 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26698 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26699 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26700 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26701 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26702 delimiting them.
26704 Examples:
26706 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26708 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26709 location of point.
26713 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26714 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26715 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26716 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26717 first cell.
26719 +-----+-----+-----+
26720 |-!- | | |
26721 +-----+-----+-----+
26723 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26725 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26726 width, which results as
26728 +--------------+-----+-----+
26729 |-!- | | |
26730 +--------------+-----+-----+
26732 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26733 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26735 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26736 | | |-!- |
26737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26739 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26740 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26741 width information to `table-insert'.
26743 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26745 instead of
26747 Cell width(s): 5
26749 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26750 work all together.
26752 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26753 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26755 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26756 |-!- | | |
26757 | | | |
26758 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26760 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26762 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26763 |-!- | | |
26764 | | | |
26765 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26766 | | | |
26767 | | | |
26768 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26770 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26772 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26773 | | | |
26774 | | | |
26775 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26776 | | | |
26777 | | | |
26778 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26781 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26782 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26783 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26785 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26786 | | | |
26787 | | | |
26788 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26789 | | | |
26790 | | | |
26791 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26792 |-!- | | |
26793 | | | |
26794 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26796 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26797 results.
26799 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26800 | | | |
26801 | | | |
26802 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26803 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26804 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26805 | | |expected results.-!- |
26806 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26807 | | | |
26808 | | | |
26809 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26811 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26813 \\{table-cell-map}
26815 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26817 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26818 Insert N table row(s).
26819 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26820 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26821 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26822 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26824 \(fn N)" t nil)
26826 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26827 Insert N table column(s).
26828 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26829 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26830 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26831 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26833 \(fn N)" t nil)
26835 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26836 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26837 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26839 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26841 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26842 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26843 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26844 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26845 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26846 all the table specific features.
26848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26850 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26853 \(fn)" t nil)
26855 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26856 Recognize all tables within region.
26857 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26858 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26859 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26860 specific features.
26862 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26864 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26867 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26869 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26870 Recognize a table at point.
26871 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26872 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26873 the table specific features.
26875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26877 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26880 \(fn)" t nil)
26882 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26883 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26884 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26885 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26886 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26887 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26888 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26890 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26892 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26895 \(fn)" t nil)
26897 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26898 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26899 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26900 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26901 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26902 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26903 specified.
26905 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26907 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26908 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26909 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26910 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26911 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26912 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26913 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26914 table structure.
26916 \(fn N)" t nil)
26918 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26919 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26920 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26921 table's rectangle structure.
26923 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26925 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26926 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26927 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26928 table's rectangle structure.
26930 \(fn N)" t nil)
26932 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26933 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26934 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26935 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26936 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26938 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26940 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26941 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26942 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26944 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26945 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26946 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26947 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26948 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26949 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26950 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26952 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26953 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26954 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26955 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26956 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26957 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26958 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26960 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26961 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26962 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26963 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26964 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26965 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26966 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26967 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26969 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26971 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26972 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26973 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26974 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26978 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26979 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26980 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26982 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26984 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26985 Split current cell vertically.
26986 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26988 \(fn)" t nil)
26990 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26991 Split current cell horizontally.
26992 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26994 \(fn)" t nil)
26996 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26997 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26998 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27000 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27002 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27003 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27004 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
27005 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
27007 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27009 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27010 Justify cell contents.
27011 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
27012 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27013 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27014 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27016 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27018 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27019 Justify cells of a row.
27020 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
27021 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
27023 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27025 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27026 Justify cells of a column.
27027 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
27028 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
27030 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27032 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27033 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
27034 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
27035 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
27036 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
27037 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
27038 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
27039 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
27040 run-time.
27042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27044 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27045 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27046 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27047 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27048 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27049 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27050 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27051 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27052 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27053 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27054 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27056 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27058 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27059 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27060 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27061 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
27062 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27063 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27064 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27065 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27066 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27067 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27068 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27069 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27070 untouched.
27072 References used for this implementation:
27074 HTML:
27075 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27077 LaTeX:
27078 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27080 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27081 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27082 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27084 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27086 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27087 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27088 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27089 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27090 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27091 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27092 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27093 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27094 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27095 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27096 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27097 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27098 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27099 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27100 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27101 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
27102 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27104 Example:
27106 (progn
27107 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27108 (table-forward-cell 15)
27109 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27110 (table-forward-cell 16)
27111 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27112 (table-forward-cell 1)
27113 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
27115 (progn
27116 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27117 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
27118 (table-forward-cell 1)
27119 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27121 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27123 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27124 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27125 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27126 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27127 consists from cells of same height.
27129 \(fn N)" t nil)
27131 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27132 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27133 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27134 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27135 column must consists from cells of same width.
27137 \(fn N)" t nil)
27139 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27140 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27141 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27142 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27143 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27144 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27145 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27146 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27147 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27148 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27149 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27150 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27151 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27152 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27153 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27156 Example 1:
27158 1, 2, 3, 4
27159 5, 6, 7, 8
27160 , 9, 10
27162 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27163 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27164 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27165 specified as 5.
27167 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27168 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27169 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27170 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27171 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27172 | | 9 | 10 | |
27173 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27175 Note:
27177 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27178 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27179 of each row is optional.
27182 Example 2:
27184 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27185 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27186 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27187 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27188 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27190 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27191 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27193 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27194 expression and raw delimiter regular
27195 expression, it parses the specified text
27196 area and extracts cell items from
27197 non-table text and then forms a table out
27198 of them.
27200 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27201 creates a single cell table. The text in
27202 the specified region is placed in that
27203 cell.-*-
27205 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27206 like this.
27208 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27209 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27210 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27212 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27213 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27214 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27215 | area and extracts cell items from |
27216 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27217 | of them. |
27219 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27220 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27221 | the specified region is placed in that |
27222 | cell. |
27223 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27225 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27226 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27227 independently.
27229 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27230 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27231 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27232 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27233 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27234 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27235 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27236 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27237 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27238 | |of them. |
27239 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27240 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27241 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27242 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27243 | |cell. |
27244 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27246 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27247 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27248 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27250 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27252 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27253 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27254 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27255 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27256 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27258 \(fn)" t nil)
27260 ;;;***
27262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22387 39326 912710 76000))
27263 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27265 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27266 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27268 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27270 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27271 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27273 \(fn)" t nil)
27275 ;;;***
27277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22387 39326 912710
27278 ;;;;;; 76000))
27279 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27281 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27282 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27283 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27284 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27285 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27286 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27287 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27289 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27290 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27291 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27292 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27294 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27295 \\{tar-mode-map}
27297 \(fn)" t nil)
27299 ;;;***
27301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22387 39328 395704
27302 ;;;;;; 781000))
27303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27305 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27306 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27307 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27308 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27309 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27310 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27312 Variables controlling indentation style:
27313 `tcl-indent-level'
27314 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27315 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27316 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27318 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27319 documentation for details):
27320 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27321 Controls action of TAB key.
27322 `tcl-auto-newline'
27323 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27324 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27325 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27326 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27327 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27329 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27330 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27331 already exist.
27333 \(fn)" t nil)
27335 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27336 Run inferior Tcl process.
27337 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27338 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27340 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27342 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27343 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27344 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27346 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27348 ;;;***
27350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22387 39327 997706
27351 ;;;;;; 202000))
27352 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27354 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27355 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27356 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27357 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27359 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27360 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27361 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27362 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27363 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27365 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27367 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27368 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27369 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27370 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27372 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27374 ;;;***
27376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22578 62356 748211 987000))
27377 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27379 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27380 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27381 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27382 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27383 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27384 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27386 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27388 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27389 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27390 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27391 commands to use in that buffer.
27393 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27395 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27397 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27398 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27400 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27402 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27403 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27404 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27405 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27406 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27407 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27408 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27409 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27410 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27411 use in that buffer.
27412 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27414 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27416 ;;;***
27418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22387
27419 ;;;;;; 39327 336708 562000))
27420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27422 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27423 Start coverage on function under point.
27425 \(fn)" t nil)
27427 ;;;***
27429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22387 39328 273705
27430 ;;;;;; 217000))
27431 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27432 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27434 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27435 Play the Tetris game.
27436 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27437 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27438 as to form complete rows.
27440 tetris-mode keybindings:
27441 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27442 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27443 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27444 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27445 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27446 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27447 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27448 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27449 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27451 \(fn)" t nil)
27453 ;;;***
27455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22587 59854
27456 ;;;;;; 962142 834000))
27457 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27459 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27460 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27462 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27464 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27465 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27466 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27467 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27468 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27470 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27472 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27473 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27474 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27475 if it matches the first line of the file,
27476 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27478 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27480 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27481 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27482 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27483 if the variable is non-nil.")
27485 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27487 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27488 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27490 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27492 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27493 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27494 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27495 See the documentation of that variable.")
27497 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27499 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27500 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27501 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27502 See the documentation of that variable.")
27504 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27506 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27507 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27508 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27509 See the documentation of that variable.")
27511 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27513 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27514 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27515 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27516 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27517 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27519 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27521 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27522 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27523 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27524 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27526 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27528 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27529 User defined LaTeX block names.
27530 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27532 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27534 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27535 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27536 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27537 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27539 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27541 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27542 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27543 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27544 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27546 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27548 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27549 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27550 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27551 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27553 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27554 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27555 for example,
27557 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27558 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27560 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27561 use.")
27563 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27565 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27566 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27567 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27568 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27569 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27571 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27573 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27575 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27576 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27577 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27579 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27581 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27582 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27583 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27584 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27585 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27587 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27589 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27590 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27592 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27594 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27595 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27597 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27599 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27600 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27601 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27602 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27603 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27604 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27605 says which mode to use.
27607 \(fn)" t nil)
27609 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27611 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27613 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27615 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27616 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27617 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27618 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27619 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27621 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27622 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27623 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27624 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27625 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27626 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27627 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27629 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27630 mismatched $'s or braces.
27632 Special commands:
27633 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27635 Mode variables:
27636 tex-run-command
27637 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27638 tex-directory
27639 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27640 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27641 tex-dvi-print-command
27642 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27643 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27644 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27645 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27646 tex-dvi-view-command
27647 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27648 tex-show-queue-command
27649 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27650 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27652 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27653 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27654 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27658 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27659 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27660 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27661 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27662 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27664 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27665 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27666 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27667 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27668 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27669 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27670 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27672 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27673 mismatched $'s or braces.
27675 Special commands:
27676 \\{latex-mode-map}
27678 Mode variables:
27679 latex-run-command
27680 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27681 tex-directory
27682 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27683 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27684 tex-dvi-print-command
27685 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27686 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27687 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27688 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27689 tex-dvi-view-command
27690 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27691 tex-show-queue-command
27692 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27693 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27695 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27696 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27697 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27699 \(fn)" t nil)
27701 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27702 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27703 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27704 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27705 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27707 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27708 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27709 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27710 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27711 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27712 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27713 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27715 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27716 mismatched $'s or braces.
27718 Special commands:
27719 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27721 Mode variables:
27722 slitex-run-command
27723 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27724 tex-directory
27725 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27726 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27727 tex-dvi-print-command
27728 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27729 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27730 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27731 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27732 tex-dvi-view-command
27733 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27734 tex-show-queue-command
27735 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27736 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27738 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27739 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27740 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27741 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27743 \(fn)" t nil)
27745 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27748 \(fn)" nil nil)
27750 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27751 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27753 \(fn)" t nil)
27755 ;;;***
27757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22387 39328
27758 ;;;;;; 575704 138000))
27759 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27761 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27762 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27763 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27764 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27766 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27767 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27768 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27770 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27772 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27773 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27774 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27775 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27776 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27778 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27780 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27781 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27782 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27783 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27785 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27786 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27787 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27788 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27790 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27791 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27793 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27795 ;;;***
27797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22387 39328
27798 ;;;;;; 577704 131000))
27799 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27801 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27802 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27804 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27806 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27807 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27809 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27811 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27812 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27814 It has these extra commands:
27815 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27817 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27818 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27819 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27820 modified version of TeX input format.
27822 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27823 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27824 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27825 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27827 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27828 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27829 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27830 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27831 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27832 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27833 in the Texinfo file.
27835 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27836 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27837 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27838 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27839 move forward past the closing brace.
27841 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27842 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27844 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27845 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27846 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27848 Here are the functions:
27850 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27851 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27852 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27854 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27855 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27856 texinfo-master-menu
27858 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27860 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27861 which menu descriptions are indented.
27863 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27864 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27865 in the region.
27867 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27868 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27869 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27870 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27872 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27873 be the first node in the file.
27875 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27876 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27878 \(fn)" t nil)
27880 ;;;***
27882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22387
27883 ;;;;;; 39327 664707 391000))
27884 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27886 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27887 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27888 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27889 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27891 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27893 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27894 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27896 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27898 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27899 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27901 \(fn)" t nil)
27903 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27906 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27908 ;;;***
27910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22387 39326 915710
27911 ;;;;;; 65000))
27912 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27914 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27915 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27916 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27917 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27918 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27919 `line', and `page'.
27921 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27923 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27924 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27925 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27926 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27927 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27928 `line', and `page'.
27930 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27931 valid THING.
27933 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27934 positions of the thing found.
27936 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27938 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27939 Return the THING at point.
27940 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27941 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27942 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27943 `line', `number', and `page'.
27945 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27946 strip text properties from the return value.
27948 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27949 a symbol as a valid THING.
27951 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27953 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27954 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27956 \(fn)" nil nil)
27958 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27959 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27961 \(fn)" nil nil)
27963 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27964 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27966 \(fn)" nil nil)
27968 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27969 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27971 \(fn)" nil nil)
27973 ;;;***
27975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22387 39326 916710 61000))
27976 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27978 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27979 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27981 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27983 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27984 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27985 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27986 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27988 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27990 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27991 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27993 \(fn)" t nil)
27995 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27996 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27998 \(fn)" t nil)
28000 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28002 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28003 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28005 \(fn)" t nil)
28007 ;;;***
28009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22387 39327
28010 ;;;;;; 336708 562000))
28011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
28012 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28014 ;;;***
28016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22387
28017 ;;;;;; 39327 667707 380000))
28018 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28020 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28021 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28022 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28024 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28026 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28027 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28029 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28031 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28032 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28033 The returned string has no composition information.
28035 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28037 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28038 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28040 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28042 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28043 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28045 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28047 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28048 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28049 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28050 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28052 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28054 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28055 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28056 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28057 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28059 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28061 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28062 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28063 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28065 \(fn)" t nil)
28067 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28068 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28069 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28071 \(fn)" t nil)
28073 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28076 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28078 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28081 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28083 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28086 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28088 ;;;***
28090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22387 39328
28091 ;;;;;; 579704 124000))
28092 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28093 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28095 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28096 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28097 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28098 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28099 parameters.
28100 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28101 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28102 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28104 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28106 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28107 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28108 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28109 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28110 parameters.
28111 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28112 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28113 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28115 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28117 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
28118 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28121 * character before point is a space character,
28122 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28123 constituent),
28124 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28125 characters) from before the space character, and
28126 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28127 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28128 return t.
28130 Otherwise, if
28131 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28132 * character before point is a space character, and
28133 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28134 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28135 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28137 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28139 \(fn)" t nil)
28141 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28142 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28144 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28145 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28146 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28147 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28149 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28150 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28151 variable will be set to the representation.
28153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28155 ;;;***
28157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22387 39326 918710 54000))
28158 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28160 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28161 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28163 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28164 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28166 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28167 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28168 This display updates automatically every minute.
28169 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28170 are displayed as well.
28171 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28173 \(fn)" t nil)
28175 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28176 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28177 See the `display-time-mode' command
28178 for a description of this minor mode.
28179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28180 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28181 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28183 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28185 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28186 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28189 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28191 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28192 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28193 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28194 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28195 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28199 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28200 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28201 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28202 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28204 \(fn)" t nil)
28206 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28207 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28208 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28209 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28211 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28213 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28214 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28216 \(fn)" t nil)
28218 ;;;***
28220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22387
28221 ;;;;;; 39327 124709 319000))
28222 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28224 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28225 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28226 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28228 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28229 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28230 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28231 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28232 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28233 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28235 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28236 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28238 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28240 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28241 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28243 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28245 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28246 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28247 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28249 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28251 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28252 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28253 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28254 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28256 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28257 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28258 DATE should be a date-time string.
28260 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28262 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28263 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28264 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28266 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28268 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28269 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28271 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28273 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28274 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28276 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28278 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28279 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28280 TIME should be a time value.
28281 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28283 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28285 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28286 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28287 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28289 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28291 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28292 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28293 The valid format specifiers are:
28294 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28295 %d is the number of days.
28296 %h is the number of hours.
28297 %m is the number of minutes.
28298 %s is the number of seconds.
28299 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28300 %% is a literal \"%\".
28302 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28303 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28305 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28306 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28307 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28309 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28310 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28311 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28313 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28315 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28317 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28318 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28320 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28322 ;;;***
28324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22387 39326 917710
28325 ;;;;;; 58000))
28326 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28327 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28328 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28329 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28330 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28331 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28332 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28333 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28334 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28336 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28337 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28338 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28339 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28340 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28341 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28342 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28343 look like one of the following:
28344 Time-stamp: <>
28345 Time-stamp: \" \"
28346 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28347 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28348 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28349 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28350 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28351 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28352 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28353 the template.
28355 \(fn)" t nil)
28357 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28358 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28359 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28363 ;;;***
28365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22387
28366 ;;;;;; 39327 125709 315000))
28367 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28368 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28370 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28371 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28372 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
28373 for a description of this minor mode.
28374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28375 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28376 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28378 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28380 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28381 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28382 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28383 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28384 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28385 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28386 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28387 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28388 display (non-nil means on).
28390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28392 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28393 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28394 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28395 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28396 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28397 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28398 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28399 this function is called within a day.
28401 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28402 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28403 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28404 discover the name of the project.
28406 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28408 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28409 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28410 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28411 begun during the last time segment.
28413 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28414 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28415 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28416 discover the reason.
28418 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28420 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28421 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28422 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28423 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28424 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28426 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28428 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28429 Change to working on a different project.
28430 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28431 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28432 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28433 working on.
28435 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28437 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28438 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28439 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28441 \(fn)" nil nil)
28443 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28444 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28445 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28447 \(fn)" t nil)
28449 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28450 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28451 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28452 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28453 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28454 \"relative to today\".
28456 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28458 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28459 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28460 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28461 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28463 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28465 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28466 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28467 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28468 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28469 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28470 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28472 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28474 ;;;***
28476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28477 ;;;;;; (22387 39327 617707 559000))
28478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28480 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28481 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28482 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28483 the generated Quail package is saved.
28485 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28487 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28488 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28489 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28490 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28491 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28492 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28493 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28495 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28497 ;;;***
28499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22387 39326 919710 51000))
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28501 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28502 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28504 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28505 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28506 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28507 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28508 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28510 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28511 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28512 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28514 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28516 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28517 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28518 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28519 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28520 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28522 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28524 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28525 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28526 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28527 in the menu in two ways:
28528 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28529 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28530 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28532 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28533 keymap or an alist of alists.
28534 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28535 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28537 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28539 ;;;***
28541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22421
28542 ;;;;;; 47996 796280 817000))
28543 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28545 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28546 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28548 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
28549 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
28550 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
28551 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
28552 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
28553 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28554 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28555 file was last visited.
28557 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28558 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28559 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28560 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28561 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28562 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28563 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28564 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28565 for the first item.
28567 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28568 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28569 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28570 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28571 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28572 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28573 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28574 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28576 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28577 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28578 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28579 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28580 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28582 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28584 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28585 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28587 \\{todo-mode-map}
28589 \(fn)" t nil)
28591 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28592 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28594 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28596 \(fn)" t nil)
28598 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28599 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28601 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28603 \(fn)" t nil)
28605 ;;;***
28607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22387 39326 919710
28608 ;;;;;; 51000))
28609 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28611 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28612 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28613 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28617 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28618 Add an item to the tool bar.
28619 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28620 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28621 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28622 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28624 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28625 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28626 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28627 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28629 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28630 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28632 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28634 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28635 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28636 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28637 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28638 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28639 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28641 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28642 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28643 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28644 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28646 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28648 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28649 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28650 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28651 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28652 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28653 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28654 properties to add to the binding.
28656 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28658 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28659 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28661 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28663 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28664 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28665 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28666 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28667 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28668 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28669 properties to add to the binding.
28671 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28672 holds a keymap.
28674 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28676 ;;;***
28678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22387 39327 337708
28679 ;;;;;; 558000))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28682 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28683 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28684 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28685 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28686 to a tcp server on another machine.
28688 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28690 ;;;***
28692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22387 39327
28693 ;;;;;; 338708 555000))
28694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28696 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28697 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28699 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28701 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28702 Helper function to get internal values.
28703 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28705 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28707 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28708 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28709 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28710 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28712 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28713 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28714 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28715 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28716 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28718 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28719 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28720 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28721 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28723 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28725 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28727 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28728 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28729 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28730 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28732 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28734 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28736 ;;;***
28738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22578 62356 732212
28739 ;;;;;; 73000))
28740 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28742 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28743 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28744 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28746 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28748 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28749 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28751 It can have the following values:
28753 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28754 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28756 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28758 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28759 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28760 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28761 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28763 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28765 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28766 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28767 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28768 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28770 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28771 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28772 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28773 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28774 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28775 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28776 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28777 files which are not really Tramp files.
28779 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28780 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28781 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28782 updated after changing this variable.
28784 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28786 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28787 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28788 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28789 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28791 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28793 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28794 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28795 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28796 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28798 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28799 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28800 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28802 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28803 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28804 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28805 updated after changing this variable.
28807 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28809 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28810 Alist of completion handler functions.
28811 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28812 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28813 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28815 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28816 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28817 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28818 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28820 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28821 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28822 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28824 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28825 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28827 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28828 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28830 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28832 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28835 \(fn)" nil nil)
28837 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28838 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28840 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28842 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28843 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28845 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28847 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28848 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28850 \(fn)" t nil)
28852 ;;;***
28854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22387 39328
28855 ;;;;;; 1706 188000))
28856 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28858 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28861 \(fn)" nil nil)
28863 ;;;***
28865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22578 62356 732212
28866 ;;;;;; 73000))
28867 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28868 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28870 ;;;***
28872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22387 39326 921710
28873 ;;;;;; 44000))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28876 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28877 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28878 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28879 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28880 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28881 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28882 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28883 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28885 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28886 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28887 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28889 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28890 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28891 resumed later.
28893 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28895 ;;;***
28897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22387 39327
28898 ;;;;;; 668707 377000))
28899 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28901 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28904 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28906 ;;;***
28908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22387
28909 ;;;;;; 39328 579704 124000))
28910 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28911 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28912 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28913 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28915 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28916 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28917 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28918 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28919 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28920 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28921 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28923 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28925 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28926 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28927 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28928 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28930 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28932 \(fn)" t nil)
28934 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28935 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28936 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28937 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28938 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28939 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28940 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28942 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28943 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28945 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28946 \\___/\\
28947 / \\
28948 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28950 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28952 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28954 ;;;***
28956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22387 39326 921710
28957 ;;;;;; 44000))
28958 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28960 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28961 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28962 See the `type-break-mode' command
28963 for a description of this minor mode.
28964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28965 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28966 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28968 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28970 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28971 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28972 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28974 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28975 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28976 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28977 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28978 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28979 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28980 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28982 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28983 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28985 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28986 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28987 reset the keystroke counter.
28989 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28990 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28991 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28992 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28994 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28995 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28996 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28997 `type-break-schedule' command.
28999 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29000 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29001 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29002 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29003 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29004 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29005 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29006 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29007 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29009 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29010 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29011 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29012 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29013 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29015 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29016 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29017 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29018 approximate good values for this.
29020 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29021 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29023 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29024 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29025 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29026 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29027 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29028 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29030 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29031 a typing break occur. They include:
29033 `type-break-query-mode'
29034 `type-break-query-function'
29035 `type-break-query-interval'
29037 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29039 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29040 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29041 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29042 problems.
29044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29046 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29047 Take a typing break.
29049 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29050 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29052 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29053 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29055 \(fn)" t nil)
29057 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29058 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29059 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29060 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29062 \(fn)" t nil)
29064 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29065 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29067 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29068 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29069 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29070 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29071 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29072 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29073 average typing speed.)
29075 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29076 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29077 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29078 the computed maximum threshold.
29080 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29081 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29082 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29083 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29084 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29086 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29088 ;;;***
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22387 39327 939706 409000))
29091 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29093 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29094 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29095 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29096 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29097 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29099 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29101 ;;;***
29103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
29104 ;;;;;; (22578 62356 724212 116000))
29105 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29107 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29108 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29110 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29112 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29113 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29115 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29117 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29118 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29120 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29122 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29123 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29125 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29127 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29128 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29130 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29132 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29133 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29135 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29137 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29138 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29140 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29142 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29143 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29145 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29147 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29148 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29150 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29152 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29153 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29155 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29157 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29158 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29160 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29162 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29163 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29165 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29167 ;;;***
29169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22387
29170 ;;;;;; 39328 580704 121000))
29171 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29173 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29174 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29175 Works by overstriking underscores.
29176 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29177 which specify the range to operate on.
29179 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29181 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29182 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29183 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29184 which specify the range to operate on.
29186 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29188 ;;;***
29190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22387 39327 940706
29191 ;;;;;; 406000))
29192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29194 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29195 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29196 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29197 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29198 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29199 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29201 \(fn)" nil nil)
29203 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29204 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29205 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29207 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29209 ;;;***
29211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22387 39327
29212 ;;;;;; 338708 555000))
29213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29215 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29216 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29217 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29218 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29220 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29222 ;;;***
29224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22387 39328 621703 974000))
29225 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29227 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29228 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29229 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29230 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29231 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29233 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29234 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29235 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29236 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29237 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29238 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29240 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29241 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29242 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29244 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29245 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29246 the callback is not called).
29248 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29249 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29250 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29251 take effect.
29253 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29254 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29255 the server.
29256 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29257 URL-encoded before it's used.
29259 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29261 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29262 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29263 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29264 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29265 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29266 If SILENT is non-nil, don't display progress reports and similar messages.
29267 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, cookies will neither be stored nor sent
29268 to the server.
29270 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29272 ;;;***
29274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22387 39328 608704
29275 ;;;;;; 20000))
29276 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29278 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29279 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29280 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29282 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29283 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29284 `url-generic-parse-url'
29285 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29286 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29287 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29288 realm
29289 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29290 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29291 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29292 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29293 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29294 what type of auth to use
29295 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29296 if one cannot be found in the cache
29298 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29300 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29301 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29303 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29304 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29305 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29306 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29307 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29308 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29309 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29310 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29312 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29314 ;;;***
29316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22387 39328
29317 ;;;;;; 608704 20000))
29318 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29320 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29321 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29323 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29325 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29326 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29327 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29329 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29331 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29332 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29334 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29336 ;;;***
29338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22387 39328 608704
29339 ;;;;;; 20000))
29340 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29342 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29345 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29347 ;;;***
29349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22387 39328 609704
29350 ;;;;;; 17000))
29351 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29353 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29354 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29355 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29357 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29359 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29360 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29361 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29362 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29364 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29365 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29366 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29367 though.
29369 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29371 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29372 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29373 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29375 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29377 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29380 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29382 ;;;***
29384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22387 39328 611704
29385 ;;;;;; 10000))
29386 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29388 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29389 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29391 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29393 ;;;***
29395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22387 39328 612704
29396 ;;;;;; 6000))
29397 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29399 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29400 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29402 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29404 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29405 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29406 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29407 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29408 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29410 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29411 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29413 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29415 ;;;***
29417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22387
29418 ;;;;;; 39328 612704 6000))
29419 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29421 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29422 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29423 See the `url-handler-mode' command
29424 for a description of this minor mode.
29425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29427 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29429 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29431 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29432 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29433 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29434 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29435 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29439 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29440 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29441 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29442 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29444 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29446 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29447 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29448 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29449 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29450 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29451 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29452 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29453 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29454 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29455 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29457 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29459 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29460 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29461 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29462 accessible.
29464 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29466 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29467 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29468 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29469 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29471 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29473 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29476 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29478 ;;;***
29480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22578 62356 750211
29481 ;;;;;; 976000))
29482 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29483 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29485 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29486 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29487 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29488 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29489 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29491 ;;;***
29493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22387 39328 615703
29494 ;;;;;; 996000))
29495 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29497 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29500 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29502 ;;;***
29504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22387 39328 615703
29505 ;;;;;; 996000))
29506 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29508 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29509 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29510 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29511 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29512 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29516 ;;;***
29518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22387 39328
29519 ;;;;;; 615703 996000))
29520 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29522 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29525 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29527 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29528 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29530 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29532 ;;;***
29534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22387 39328 616703
29535 ;;;;;; 992000))
29536 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29538 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29539 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29541 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29543 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29544 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29546 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29548 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29551 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29553 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29555 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29557 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29559 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29560 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29562 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29564 ;;;***
29566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22387 39328 617703
29567 ;;;;;; 988000))
29568 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29570 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29573 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29575 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29578 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29580 ;;;***
29582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22387 39328 617703
29583 ;;;;;; 988000))
29584 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29586 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29589 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29591 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29594 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29596 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29599 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29601 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29604 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29606 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29609 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29611 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29614 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29616 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29619 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29621 ;;;***
29623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22387 39328
29624 ;;;;;; 618703 985000))
29625 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29627 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29628 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29630 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29632 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29633 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29634 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29636 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29637 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29638 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29639 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29640 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29641 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29642 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29643 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29644 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29645 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29646 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29647 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29648 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29649 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29651 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29652 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29653 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29655 Here is an example. The URL
29657 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29659 parses to
29661 TYPE = \"foo\"
29662 USER = \"bob\"
29663 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29664 HOST = \"example.com\"
29665 PORTSPEC = 42
29666 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29667 TARGET = \"nose\"
29668 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29669 FULLNESS = t
29671 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29673 ;;;***
29675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22387 39328
29676 ;;;;;; 618703 985000))
29677 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29679 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29680 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29682 \(fn)" t nil)
29684 ;;;***
29686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22387 39328
29687 ;;;;;; 619703 981000))
29688 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29690 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29691 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29692 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29693 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29694 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29695 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29697 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29699 ;;;***
29701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22387 39328
29702 ;;;;;; 619703 981000))
29703 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29705 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29706 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29707 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29709 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29711 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29712 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29713 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29714 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29716 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29718 ;;;***
29720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22387 39328 620703
29721 ;;;;;; 978000))
29722 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29724 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29725 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29726 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29728 If t, all messages will be logged.
29729 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29730 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29732 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29734 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29737 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29739 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29742 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29744 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29745 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29746 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29747 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29748 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29749 & ==> &amp;
29750 < ==> &lt;
29751 > ==> &gt;
29752 \" ==> &quot;
29754 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29756 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29757 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29758 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29760 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29762 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29763 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29764 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29766 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29768 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29769 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29771 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29773 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29774 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29776 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29778 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29779 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29781 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29783 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29786 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29788 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29791 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29793 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29795 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29796 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29798 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29800 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29801 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29803 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29805 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29808 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29810 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29811 Build a query-string.
29813 Given a QUERY in the form:
29814 ((key1 val1)
29815 (key2 val2)
29816 (key3 val1 val2)
29817 (key4)
29818 (key5 \"\"))
29820 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29822 This will return a string
29823 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29824 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29825 be used.
29827 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29829 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29830 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29832 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29834 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29835 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29836 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29837 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29838 forbidden in URL encoding.
29840 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29842 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29843 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29844 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29845 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29846 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29847 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29849 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29850 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29851 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29852 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29854 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29856 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29857 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29858 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29859 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29860 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29861 should return it unchanged.
29863 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29865 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29866 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29867 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29868 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29870 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29872 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29873 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29874 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29876 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29878 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29879 View the current document's URL.
29880 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29881 the minibuffer.
29883 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29885 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29887 ;;;***
29889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22387 39326 923710
29890 ;;;;;; 37000))
29891 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29893 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29894 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29895 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29896 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29897 to refrain from editing the file
29898 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29899 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29900 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29901 in any way you like.
29903 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29905 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29906 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29907 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29908 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29909 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29911 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29912 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29914 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29916 ;;;***
29918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22387 39327
29919 ;;;;;; 646707 455000))
29920 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29922 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29925 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29927 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29930 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29932 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29935 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29937 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29940 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29942 ;;;***
29944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22387 39327 539707 837000))
29945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29947 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29948 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29950 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29952 ;;;***
29954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22387 39327
29955 ;;;;;; 941706 402000))
29956 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29958 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29959 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29960 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29961 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29963 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29965 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29966 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29967 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29969 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29971 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29972 Uudecode region between START and END.
29973 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29975 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29977 ;;;***
29979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22578 62356 751211 971000))
29980 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29982 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29983 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29984 See `run-hooks'.")
29986 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29988 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29989 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29990 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29992 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29994 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29995 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29996 See `run-hooks'.")
29998 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30000 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
30001 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
30003 If FILE is already registered, return the
30004 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
30005 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
30006 responsible for FILE is returned.
30008 Note that if FILE is a symbolic link, it will not be resolved --
30009 the responsible backend system for the symbolic link itself will
30010 be reported.
30012 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30014 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30015 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30016 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30017 same state. If not, signal an error.
30019 For merging-based version control systems:
30020 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30021 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30022 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30023 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30024 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30025 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30027 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30028 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30029 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30030 the file(s) for editing.
30031 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30032 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
30033 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30034 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30035 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30037 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30039 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30040 Register into a version control system.
30041 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30042 Otherwise register the current file.
30043 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30045 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30046 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30047 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30048 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30049 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30050 first backend that could register the file is used.
30052 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30054 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30055 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30057 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30059 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30060 Display diffs between file revisions.
30061 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30062 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30063 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30065 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30066 saving the buffer.
30068 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30070 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30071 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30072 repository history using ediff.
30074 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30076 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30077 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30078 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30079 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30080 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30082 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30083 saving the buffer.
30085 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30087 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30088 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30089 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30090 fileset with the working revision.
30091 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30092 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30094 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30095 saving the buffer.
30097 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30099 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
30100 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
30101 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
30103 \(fn)" nil nil)
30105 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30106 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30107 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30108 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30110 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30112 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30113 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30114 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30115 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30117 \(fn)" t nil)
30119 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30120 Perform a version control merge operation.
30121 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30122 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30123 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30124 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30126 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30127 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30128 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30129 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30130 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30131 changes from the current branch.
30133 \(fn)" t nil)
30135 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30136 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30138 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30140 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30142 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30143 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30144 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30145 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30146 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30147 checked out in that new branch.
30149 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30151 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30152 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30153 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30154 named branch in the directory DIR.
30155 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30156 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30157 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30158 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30159 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30160 allowed and simply skipped).
30162 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30164 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30165 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30166 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30167 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30168 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30170 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30171 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30173 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30175 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30176 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30177 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30178 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30179 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30181 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30183 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30184 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30185 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30187 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30189 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30190 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30191 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30193 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30195 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30196 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30198 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30200 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30201 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30202 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30203 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30205 \(fn)" t nil)
30207 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30209 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30210 Update the current fileset or branch.
30211 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30212 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30213 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30214 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30215 command to run.
30217 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30218 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30219 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30220 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30221 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30225 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30227 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30228 Push the current branch.
30229 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30230 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30231 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30232 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30233 VCS command to run.
30235 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30236 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30240 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30241 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30242 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30243 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30244 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30245 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30246 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30248 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30250 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30251 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30252 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30253 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30254 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30255 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30256 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30257 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30258 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30260 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30262 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30263 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30264 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30265 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30267 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30269 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30270 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30271 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30272 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30274 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30276 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30277 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30278 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30279 directory.
30281 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30283 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30284 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30285 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30287 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30288 log entries should be gathered.
30290 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30292 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30293 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30295 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30297 ;;;***
30299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22387 39328
30300 ;;;;;; 669703 803000))
30301 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30303 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30304 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30306 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30307 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30308 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30309 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30310 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30311 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30313 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30314 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30315 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30316 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30317 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30318 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30319 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30320 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30322 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30324 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30326 Customization variables:
30328 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30329 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30330 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30331 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30332 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30333 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30335 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30337 ;;;***
30339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22387 39328 670703
30340 ;;;;;; 799000))
30341 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30343 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30344 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30346 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30347 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30348 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30349 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30350 (progn
30351 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30352 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30354 ;;;***
30356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22578 62356 751211
30357 ;;;;;; 971000))
30358 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30359 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30360 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30361 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30362 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30363 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30364 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30366 ;;;***
30368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22387 39328 672703
30369 ;;;;;; 792000))
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30372 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30373 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30374 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30375 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30376 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30378 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30379 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30380 The file lines appear later.
30382 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30383 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30385 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30387 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30389 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30391 ;;;***
30393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22387
30394 ;;;;;; 39328 673703 789000))
30395 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30397 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30398 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30399 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30400 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30401 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30402 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30403 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30404 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30405 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30406 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30407 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30408 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30409 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30410 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30411 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30413 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30415 ;;;***
30417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22421 48002 959231
30418 ;;;;;; 24000))
30419 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30420 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30421 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30422 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30423 (progn
30424 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30425 (vc-git-registered file))))
30427 ;;;***
30429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22387 39328 675703 781000))
30430 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30431 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30432 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30433 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30434 (progn
30435 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30436 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30438 ;;;***
30440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22387 39328 676703
30441 ;;;;;; 778000))
30442 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30444 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30445 Name of the monotone directory.")
30447 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30448 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30449 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30450 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30451 (progn
30452 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30453 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30455 ;;;***
30457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22387 39328 677703
30458 ;;;;;; 774000))
30459 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30461 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30462 Where to look for RCS master files.
30463 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30465 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30467 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30469 ;;;***
30471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22387 39328 678703
30472 ;;;;;; 771000))
30473 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30475 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30476 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30477 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30479 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30481 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30483 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30484 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30485 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30486 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30488 ;;;***
30490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22387 39328 678703
30491 ;;;;;; 771000))
30492 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30494 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30495 Where to look for SRC master files.
30496 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30498 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30500 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30502 ;;;***
30504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22387 39328 679703
30505 ;;;;;; 767000))
30506 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30507 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30508 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30509 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30510 "_svn")
30511 (t ".svn"))))
30512 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30513 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30514 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30516 ;;;***
30518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22387
30519 ;;;;;; 39328 396704 777000))
30520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30521 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30522 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30524 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30525 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30527 Usage:
30528 ------
30530 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30531 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30532 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30533 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30535 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30536 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30537 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30538 completions.
30540 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30541 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30543 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30544 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30546 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30547 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30548 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30550 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30553 Maintenance:
30554 ------------
30556 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30557 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30559 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30561 Official distribution is at
30562 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30565 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30566 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30568 Key bindings:
30569 -------------
30571 \\{vera-mode-map}
30573 \(fn)" t nil)
30575 ;;;***
30577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30578 ;;;;;; (22387 39328 402704 756000))
30579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30581 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30582 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30583 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30584 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30585 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30587 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30589 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30590 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30592 Supports highlighting.
30594 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30595 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30597 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30599 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30600 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30601 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30602 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30603 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30604 on the left side of your screen.
30605 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30606 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30607 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30608 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30609 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30610 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30611 function keyword.
30612 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30613 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30614 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30615 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30616 if (a)
30617 begin
30618 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30619 Indentation for case statements.
30620 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30621 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30622 mark after an end.
30623 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30624 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30625 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30626 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30627 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30628 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30629 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30630 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30631 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30632 if (a)
30633 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30634 otherwise you get:
30635 if (a)
30636 begin
30637 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30638 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30639 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30640 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30641 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30642 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30643 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30644 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30645 comments in tight quarters.
30646 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30647 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30649 Variables controlling other actions:
30651 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30652 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30653 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30655 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30657 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30659 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30660 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30661 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30663 Some other functions are:
30665 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30666 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30667 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30668 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30669 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30671 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30672 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30673 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30674 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30676 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30677 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30678 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30679 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30680 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30681 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30682 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30683 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30684 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30685 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30686 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30687 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30688 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30689 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30690 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30691 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30692 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30693 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30694 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30695 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30696 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30697 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30698 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30699 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30700 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30701 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30702 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30703 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30704 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30705 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30706 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30708 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30709 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30711 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30713 \(fn)" t nil)
30715 ;;;***
30717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22387
30718 ;;;;;; 39328 414704 713000))
30719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30721 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30722 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30724 Usage:
30725 ------
30727 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30728 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30729 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30730 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30731 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30732 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30733 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30734 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30735 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30737 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30738 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30739 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30740 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30742 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30743 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30744 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30745 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30746 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30748 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30749 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30752 HEADER INSERTION:
30753 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30754 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30755 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30758 STUTTERING:
30759 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30760 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30761 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30762 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30764 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30765 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30766 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30767 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30768 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30771 WORD COMPLETION:
30772 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30773 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30774 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30775 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30777 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30778 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30779 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30780 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30781 beginning with \"std\").
30783 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30784 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30785 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30786 stop.
30789 COMMENTS:
30790 `--' puts a single comment.
30791 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30792 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30793 with a comment in between.
30794 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30795 out following lines.
30796 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30797 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30798 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30799 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30801 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30802 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30803 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30804 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30805 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30806 non-nil.
30808 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30809 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30810 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30811 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30812 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30813 multi-line comments.
30816 INDENTATION:
30817 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30818 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30819 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30820 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30821 the entire region.
30823 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30824 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30825 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30826 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30828 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30829 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30830 tabs and vice versa.
30832 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30833 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30835 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30836 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30837 line.
30840 ALIGNMENT:
30841 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30842 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30843 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30844 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30845 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30846 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30847 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30848 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30850 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30851 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30852 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30853 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30854 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30855 is non-nil.
30857 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30858 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30859 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30861 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30862 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30865 CODE FILLING:
30866 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30867 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30868 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30869 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30870 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30871 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30874 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30875 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30876 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30877 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30878 command:
30880 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30883 PORT TRANSLATION:
30884 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30885 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30886 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30887 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30888 internal signal initializations (menu).
30890 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30891 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30892 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30894 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30895 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30896 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30897 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30898 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30899 in subsequent paste operations.)
30901 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30902 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30903 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30906 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30907 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30908 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30909 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30910 association list with formals).
30913 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30914 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30915 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30916 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30917 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30918 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30919 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30920 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30921 `vhdl-testbench'.
30924 KEY BINDINGS:
30925 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30928 VHDL MENU:
30929 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30932 FILE BROWSER:
30933 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30934 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30935 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30937 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30938 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30941 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30942 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30943 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30944 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30946 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30947 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30948 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30950 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30951 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30952 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30953 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30955 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30956 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30957 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30958 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30959 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30961 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30962 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30963 required by secondary units.
30966 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30967 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30968 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30969 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30970 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30971 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30972 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30973 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30974 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30975 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30976 inputs to this component -> input port created
30977 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30978 outputs from this component -> output port created
30979 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30980 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30982 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30983 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30984 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30985 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30986 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30988 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30989 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30991 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30992 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30993 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30994 component instantiation is also supported (option
30995 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30997 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30998 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30999 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31000 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31001 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31002 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31003 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31004 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31005 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31006 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31007 generating the configuration.
31009 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31010 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31011 configurations in speedbar.
31013 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31016 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31017 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31018 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31019 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31020 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31021 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31022 information. New compilers can be added.
31024 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31025 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31028 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31029 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31030 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31031 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31032 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31034 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31035 command:
31037 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31038 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31039 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31041 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31042 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31043 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
31044 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
31045 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
31046 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
31047 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
31048 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
31049 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31051 Limitations:
31052 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31053 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31054 not (yet) supported.
31055 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31056 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31057 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31060 PROJECTS:
31061 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31062 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31063 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31064 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31065 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31066 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31067 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31068 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31070 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31071 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31072 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31073 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31074 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31075 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31076 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31077 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31078 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31079 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31080 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31083 SPECIAL MENUES:
31084 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31085 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31086 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key [S-down-mouse-3] \\='imenu)\" to your start-up
31087 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31088 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
31089 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31090 current directory for VHDL source files.
31093 VHDL STANDARDS:
31094 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31095 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31098 KEYWORD CASE:
31099 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31100 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31101 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31102 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31103 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31104 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31105 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31106 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31109 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31110 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31111 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31112 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31113 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31114 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31115 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31117 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31118 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31119 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31120 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31121 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31122 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31124 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31125 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31126 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
31127 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31128 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31129 visually.
31131 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31132 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31133 highlighted if written in lower case.
31135 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31136 highlighted using a different background color if option
31137 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31139 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31140 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31141 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31142 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31143 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31146 USER MODELS:
31147 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31148 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31149 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31152 HIDE/SHOW:
31153 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31154 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31155 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31156 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31157 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31160 CODE UPDATING:
31161 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31162 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31163 Limitations:
31164 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31165 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31166 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31167 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31168 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31169 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31170 (used to obtain the port names).
31171 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31172 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31173 sensitivity lists.
31176 CODE FIXING:
31177 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31178 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31181 PRINTING:
31182 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31183 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31184 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31185 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31186 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31187 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31188 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31189 printers.
31192 OPTIONS:
31193 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31194 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31195 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31196 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31197 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31199 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31200 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31201 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31202 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31203 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31204 INSTALL file).
31206 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31207 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31210 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31211 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31212 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31213 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31215 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31218 HINTS:
31219 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31220 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31222 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31224 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31226 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31229 RELEASE NOTES:
31230 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31233 Maintenance:
31234 ------------
31236 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31237 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31239 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31241 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31242 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31243 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31244 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31246 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31247 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31248 where the latest version can be found.
31251 Known problems:
31252 ---------------
31254 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31255 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31256 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31257 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31260 The VHDL Mode Authors
31261 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31263 Key bindings:
31264 -------------
31266 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31268 \(fn)" t nil)
31270 ;;;***
31272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22387
31273 ;;;;;; 39327 668707 377000))
31274 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31276 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31277 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31279 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31281 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31282 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31283 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31284 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31286 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31288 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31289 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31291 \(fn)" t nil)
31293 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31294 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31295 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31296 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31298 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31300 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31301 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31303 \(fn)" t nil)
31305 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31308 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31310 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31313 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31315 ;;;***
31317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22387 39326 924710 33000))
31318 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31320 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31321 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31322 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31324 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31326 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31327 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31328 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31329 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31331 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31333 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31334 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31336 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31338 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31339 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31340 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31341 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31342 moving around in the buffer.
31343 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31344 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31346 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31348 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31350 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31351 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31352 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31353 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31355 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31356 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31357 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31358 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31359 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31361 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31363 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31365 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31366 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31367 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31368 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31369 buffer.
31371 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31372 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31373 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31374 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31375 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31377 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31379 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31381 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31382 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31383 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31384 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31385 moving around in the buffer.
31386 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31387 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31389 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31391 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31392 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31393 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31395 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31396 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31397 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31398 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31400 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31401 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31402 own View-like bindings.
31404 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31406 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31407 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31408 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31409 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31410 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31411 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31412 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31414 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31416 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31418 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31419 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31420 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31422 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31423 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31424 own View-like bindings.
31426 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31428 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31429 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31430 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31431 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31432 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31433 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31434 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31436 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31438 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31440 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31441 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31442 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31444 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31445 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31446 own View-like bindings.
31448 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31450 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31451 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31452 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31453 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31454 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31456 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31457 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31458 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31459 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31461 \\<view-mode-map>
31463 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31464 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31465 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31466 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31467 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31468 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31469 to a repeat count of one.
31471 H, h, ? This message.
31472 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31473 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31474 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31475 > move to the end of buffer.
31476 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31477 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31478 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31479 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31480 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31481 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31482 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31483 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31484 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31485 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31486 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31487 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31488 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31489 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31490 Use this to view a changing file.
31491 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31492 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31493 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31494 . set the mark.
31495 x exchanges point and mark.
31496 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31497 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31498 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31499 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31500 \\=' go to position saved in character register.
31501 s do forward incremental search.
31502 r do reverse incremental search.
31503 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31504 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31505 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31506 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31507 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31508 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31509 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31510 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31511 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31512 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31513 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31514 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31515 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31516 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31517 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31518 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31519 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31521 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31522 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31523 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31524 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31525 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31526 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31527 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31528 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31529 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31531 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31535 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31536 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31537 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31538 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31539 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31540 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31541 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31542 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31543 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31545 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31547 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31549 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31550 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31551 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31552 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31553 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31554 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31556 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31557 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31558 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31560 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31562 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31564 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31566 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31567 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31569 \(fn)" t nil)
31571 ;;;***
31573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22387 39327 375708
31574 ;;;;;; 423000))
31575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31576 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31578 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31579 Toggle Viper on/off.
31580 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31582 \(fn)" t nil)
31584 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31585 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31587 \(fn)" t nil)
31589 ;;;***
31591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22387
31592 ;;;;;; 39327 339708 551000))
31593 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31595 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31596 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31597 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31598 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31599 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31600 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31601 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31602 the beginning of the warning.")
31604 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31605 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31606 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31607 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31608 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31609 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31610 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31611 also call that function before the next warning.")
31613 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31614 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31616 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31617 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31618 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31619 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31621 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31622 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31623 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31624 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31625 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31626 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31628 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31629 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31630 Default is :warning.
31632 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31633 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31634 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31635 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31636 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31637 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31639 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31640 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31641 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31643 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31645 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31646 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31648 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31650 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31651 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31652 \\<special-mode-map>
31653 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31654 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31656 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31657 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31658 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31659 can be whatever you like.)
31661 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31662 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31664 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31665 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31666 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31667 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31668 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31670 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31672 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31673 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31674 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31675 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31676 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31678 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31680 ;;;***
31682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22387 39326 926710 26000))
31683 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31684 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31686 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31687 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31688 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31689 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31690 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31691 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31692 directories to reflect your edits.
31694 See `wdired-mode'.
31696 \(fn)" t nil)
31698 ;;;***
31700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22387 39328 12706
31701 ;;;;;; 148000))
31702 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31704 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31705 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31707 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31708 hotlist.
31710 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31711 <nwv@acm.org>.
31713 \(fn)" t nil)
31715 ;;;***
31717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22387
31718 ;;;;;; 39328 419704 695000))
31719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31720 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31721 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31723 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31725 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31726 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31727 See the `which-function-mode' command
31728 for a description of this minor mode.
31729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31730 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31731 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31733 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31735 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31736 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31737 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31738 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31739 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31741 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31742 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31743 in certain major modes.
31745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31747 ;;;***
31749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22578 62356 752211
31750 ;;;;;; 965000))
31751 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31752 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31754 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31755 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31756 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31757 positive, and disable it otherwise.
31759 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
31760 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
31762 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31763 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31767 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31768 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31770 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
31772 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
31773 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
31775 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31776 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31777 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31778 use `whitespace-mode'.
31780 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31784 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31785 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31786 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
31787 for a description of this minor mode.
31788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31789 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31790 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31792 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31794 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31795 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31797 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
31799 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
31800 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
31802 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31803 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31807 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31808 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31809 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
31810 for a description of this minor mode.
31811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31813 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31815 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31817 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31818 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31820 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.
31822 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
31823 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
31825 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31826 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31827 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31828 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31830 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31834 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31835 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31837 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31838 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31840 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31841 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31843 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31845 CHAR MEANING
31846 (VIA FACES)
31847 f toggle face visualization
31848 t toggle TAB visualization
31849 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31850 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31851 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31852 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31853 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31854 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31855 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31856 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31857 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31858 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31859 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31860 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31861 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31862 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31863 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31864 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31866 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31867 T toggle TAB visualization
31868 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31869 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31871 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31872 ? display brief help
31874 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31875 The valid symbols are:
31877 face toggle face visualization
31878 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31879 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31880 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31881 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31882 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31883 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31884 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31885 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31886 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31887 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31888 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31889 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31890 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31891 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31892 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31893 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31894 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31896 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31897 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31898 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31900 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31902 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31904 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31906 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31907 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31909 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31910 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31912 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31913 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31915 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31917 CHAR MEANING
31918 (VIA FACES)
31919 f toggle face visualization
31920 t toggle TAB visualization
31921 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31922 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31923 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31924 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31925 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31926 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31927 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31928 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31929 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31930 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31931 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31932 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31933 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31934 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31935 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31936 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31938 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31939 T toggle TAB visualization
31940 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31941 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31943 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31944 ? display brief help
31946 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31947 The valid symbols are:
31949 face toggle face visualization
31950 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31951 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31952 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31953 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31954 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31955 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31956 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31957 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31958 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31959 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31960 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31961 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31962 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31963 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31964 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31965 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31966 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31968 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31969 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31970 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31972 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31974 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31976 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31978 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31979 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31981 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31982 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31983 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31984 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31985 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31987 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31989 The problems cleaned up are:
31991 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31992 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31993 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31994 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31996 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31997 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31998 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31999 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32000 SPACEs.
32001 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32002 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32003 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32004 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32006 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32007 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32008 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32009 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32010 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32011 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32012 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32013 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32015 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32016 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32017 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32019 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32020 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32021 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32022 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32023 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32024 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32025 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32026 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32028 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32029 documentation.
32031 \(fn)" t nil)
32033 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32034 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32036 The problems cleaned up are:
32038 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32039 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32040 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32041 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32042 SPACEs.
32043 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32044 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32045 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32046 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32048 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32049 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32050 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32051 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32052 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32053 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32054 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32055 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32057 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32058 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32059 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32061 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32062 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32063 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32064 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32065 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32066 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32067 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32068 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32070 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32071 documentation.
32073 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32075 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32076 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32078 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
32080 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32082 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32083 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32085 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32086 non-nil.
32088 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32089 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32090 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32092 empty
32093 trailing
32094 indentation
32095 space-before-tab
32096 space-after-tab
32098 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
32099 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
32100 report problems.
32102 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32104 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32105 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32106 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32107 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32108 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32109 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32110 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32112 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32113 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32114 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32115 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32116 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32117 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32118 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32120 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32121 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32122 cleaning up these problems.
32124 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32126 ;;;***
32128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22387 39326 928710
32129 ;;;;;; 19000))
32130 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32132 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32133 Browse the widget under point.
32135 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32137 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32138 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32140 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32142 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32143 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32145 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32147 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32148 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32149 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32150 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32151 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32155 ;;;***
32157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22387 39326 929710
32158 ;;;;;; 15000))
32159 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32161 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32162 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32164 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32166 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32167 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32168 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32170 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32172 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32173 Create widget of TYPE.
32174 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32176 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32178 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32179 Delete WIDGET.
32181 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32183 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32184 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32186 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32188 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32189 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32190 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32191 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32193 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32194 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32196 \(fn)" nil nil)
32198 ;;;***
32200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22387 39326 931710
32201 ;;;;;; 8000))
32202 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32204 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32205 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32206 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32207 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32208 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32209 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32210 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32214 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32215 Select the window above the current one.
32216 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32217 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32218 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32219 negative ARG) of the current window.
32220 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32224 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32225 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32226 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32227 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32228 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32229 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32230 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32234 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32235 Select the window below the current one.
32236 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32237 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32238 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32239 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32240 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32244 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32245 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32246 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32247 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32249 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32251 ;;;***
32253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22387 39326 936709 990000))
32254 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32256 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32257 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32258 See the `winner-mode' command
32259 for a description of this minor mode.
32260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32262 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32264 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32266 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32267 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
32272 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
32273 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
32274 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
32275 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
32276 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
32277 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
32279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32281 ;;;***
32283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22387 39326 937709 987000))
32284 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32285 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32287 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32288 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32289 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32290 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32291 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32293 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32295 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32296 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32297 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32298 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32299 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32300 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32301 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32302 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32304 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32305 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32307 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32309 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32310 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32312 \(fn)" t nil)
32314 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32315 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32316 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32317 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32318 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32319 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32320 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32321 `woman' command for further details.
32323 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32325 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32326 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32328 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32330 ;;;***
32332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22387 39326 939709 979000))
32333 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32335 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32336 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32337 Return the top node with all its children.
32338 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32340 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32341 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32342 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32344 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32346 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32347 namespace to URIs instead.
32349 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32350 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32352 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32354 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32356 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32358 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32359 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32360 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32361 not contain well-formed XML.
32363 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32364 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32365 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32366 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32367 element of the list.
32368 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32369 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32370 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32372 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32374 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32375 namespace to URIs instead.
32377 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32378 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32380 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32382 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32384 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32386 ;;;***
32388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22387 39328 67705
32389 ;;;;;; 952000))
32390 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32392 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32393 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32394 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32395 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32396 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32397 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32398 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32399 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32400 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32401 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32403 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32405 ;;;***
32407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22387 39328 420704
32408 ;;;;;; 692000))
32409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32411 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32414 \(fn)" nil nil)
32416 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32417 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32419 \(fn)" t nil)
32421 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32422 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32424 \(fn)" nil nil)
32426 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32427 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32428 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32429 prompt for it.
32431 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32432 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32433 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32434 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32436 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32438 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32439 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32441 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32443 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32444 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32446 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32448 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32449 Find references to the identifier at point.
32450 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32452 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32454 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32455 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32456 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32458 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32459 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32460 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32461 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32462 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32463 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32464 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32466 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32467 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32468 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32469 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32471 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32473 ;;;***
32475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22581 47658 786375
32476 ;;;;;; 832000))
32477 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32479 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32480 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32481 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
32482 for a description of this minor mode.
32483 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32484 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32485 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32487 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32489 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32490 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32492 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32493 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32495 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32496 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32497 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32498 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32499 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32500 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32504 ;;;***
32506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22387 39326 940709
32507 ;;;;;; 976000))
32508 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32510 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32511 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32512 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32513 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32515 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32517 ;;;***
32519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22387 39327 539707 837000))
32520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32522 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32523 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32525 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32527 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32528 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32530 \(fn)" nil nil)
32532 ;;;***
32534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22387 39328 274705 213000))
32535 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32537 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32538 Zone out, completely.
32540 \(fn)" t nil)
32542 ;;;***
32544 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32723 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32724 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32725 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32726 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32727 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32728 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32729 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32730 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32731 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32732 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
32733 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32734 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32735 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32736 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32737 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32738 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32739 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32740 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32741 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32742 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32743 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32744 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32745 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32746 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32747 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32748 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32749 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32750 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32751 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32752 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32753 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32754 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32755 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32756 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32757 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32758 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32759 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32760 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32761 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32762 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22588 27933 487024 747000))
32764 ;;;***
32766 (provide 'loaddefs)
32767 ;; Local Variables:
32768 ;; version-control: never
32769 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32770 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32771 ;; coding: utf-8
32772 ;; End:
32773 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here